Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout6195 EL CAMINO REAL; ; AS160178; PermitCity of Carlsbad Sprinkler Permit Permit No: AS160178 6195 EL CAM INO Job Address: REAL Permit Type: SPRINK Parcel No: 2131001800 Lot #: 0 Reference No.: Status: ISSUED Applied 6/6/2016 Approved: 7/7/2016 Issued: 7/7/2016 PC #: Inspector: Project Title: SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PHASE 2 RELOCATE AND ADD NEW SPRINKLERS BELOW THE NEW T-BAR CEILING AND TO ACCOMODATE NEW WALLS. Applicant: Owner: COSCO FIRE PROTECTION MAMAS HOUSE L L C 4990 GREEN CRAIG LN SAN DIEGO, CA 6195 EL CAMINO REAL CARLSBAD CA 858-444-2000 Fees ($) AdcflFees($) Total ($) Balance ($) 438 0 438 0 AS1 60178 6195 EL CAMINO REAL Branch Office .11 1S, cosco 4990 Greencraig Lane .. Is.,. San Diego, CA 92123 'S.. I.• Fire Protection (858) 444-2000 far:444-2056 CA Lie.: C-16 #577621 www.coscofire.com MATERIAL SUBMITTAL & CALCULATIONS Date: 07/21/16 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PHASE 2 6195 EL CAMINO REAL CARLSBAD, CA 92009 JOB # 10.CA_5318 All material submitted, may be substituted by material of equal performance & design, & shall be deemed acceptable by purchaser. Submitted by: FELIPE - - Los Angeles • Suit Francisco 0 Orange • Fresno • San Diego • Seattle 1 so L, Q January 17, 2014 Sprinkler 123a N1 ESFR PENDENT SPRINKLER II(IFs1G j VK503 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs©vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking Early Suppression Fast Response (ESFR) Pendent Sprinkler VK503 is a fast response fusible element type sprinkler designed for early fire suppression. With a 16.8 (242 metric*) nominal K-Factor and special deflector, this sprinkler produces large, high-momentum water droplets in a hemispheric pattern below the deflector. This permits penetration of the fire plume and direct wetting of the burning fuel surface while cooling the atmosphere early in the development of a high-challenge fire. Viking Sprinkler VK503 may be used in the protection of ordinary types of storage. However, it is primarily intended to protect the following types of storage, which tend to produce severe-challenge fires: palletized and solid pile storage and single, dou- ble, multiple row, and portable open rack storage (no open-top containers or solid shelves). Viking ESFR Pendent Sprinkler VK503 provides protection of most common storage materials, including: --Encapsulated or unencapsulated Class I, II, Ill, and IV commodities. --Cartoned and uncartoned unexpanded plastics*. --Cartoned expanded plastics*. *Refer the Approval Charts and Design Criteria on pages 123c-e for cULus Listing and FM Approval requirements that must be followed. In addition, some storage arrangements of rolled paper, aerosols, and rubber tires may be protected by Viking ESFR Pendent Sprinkler VK503. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNWH US Successfully meets new UL 1767 test standard and compliance program for ESFR sprinklers installed in rack storage with high clearances to ceiling (20 ft or greater) FM Approved: Class 2027 NYC Approved: MEA 89-92-E, Volume 41 Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on pages 123c-d for cULus Listing requirements, and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria on page 123d for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Available since 2007. Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar). Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar). Thread size: 3/4" NPT or 20 mm BSP Nominal K-Factor: 16.8 U.S. (242 metric*) * Metric K-factorrneasurement shown is when pressure is measured in bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Overallength: 2-7/8" (73 mm) DeflectorDiameter: 1-3/4" (44.5 mm) Covéied by one-or more of the following patents: US5,829,532; US6,059,044; US6,336,509; US6,502,643; US6,868,917; AU722593; GB2336777 'V Material, Standards: Frame Casting: Bra sUNS-C84400 e ector. osp or ronze U S-05 000 Viking Technical Data may be found on Seat and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C 11000 and Stainless Steel UNS- -. - The Viking Corporation's Web site at Bellevill Sprin'Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. Teflon Tape," / The Web site may include a more recent Compression Screw: Stainless Steel UNS-531603 edition of this Technical Data Page. Trigger and Support: Stainless Steel UNS-531600 Fusible Element Assembly: Beryllium Nickel, coated with black acrylic paint. Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order ESFR Pendent K16.8 Sprinkler VK503 by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to sprinkler base part number. Form No. F_120106 Replaces page 123a-f, dated September 9, 2011. (UL 1767 Note.) Sprinkler 123b January 17, 2014 ESFR PENDENT SPRINKLER NIKJW® l.l:ll[.q..iu.rM. VK503 (K16.8) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Finish Suffix: Brass = A Temperature Suffix: 165 °F (74 °C) = C, 205 °F (96 °C) = E For example, sprinkler VK503 with a Brass finish and a 165 "F (74 °C) temperature rating = Part No. 14073AC. Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the "Sprinkler Accessories" section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrench: Part No. 13635W/B (double-ended wrench - Use Side A. Side B is for use with K25.2 ESFR Pendent Sprinkler VK510) Available since 2006. Sprinkler Cabinet: Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A (available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATION WARNING: Viking sprinklers are manufactured and tested to meet rigid requirements of the approving agency. The sprinklers are designed to be installed in accordance with recognized installation standards. System design must be based on ESFR design guidelines described in the latest edition of Viking technical data, applicable FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets, the latest NFPA Standards, the latest standards of Verband der Sachversicherer (VdS), Loss Prevention Council (LPCB), the Authorities Having Jurisdiction, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards whenever applicable. Deviation from the standards or any alteration to the sprinkler after it leaves the factory including, but not limited to: painting, plating, coating, or modification, may render the sprinkler inoperative and will automatically nullify the approval and any guarantee made by The Viking Corporation. Sprinklers must be handled with care. They must be stored in a cool, dry place in their original shipping container. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped or damaged in any way. Such sprinklers should be destroyed immediately. NOTE: Wet pipe . systems must be provided with adequate heat. The sprinklers must be installed after the piping is in place to prevent mechanical damage. Before installing, be sure to have the appropriate sprinkler model and style, with the correct orifice size, temperature rating, and response characteristics. With the sprinkler contained in the plastic protective cap, apply a small amount of pipe-joint compound or tape to the male threads only, while taking care not to allow a build-up of compound in the sprinkler orifice. Use ONLY sprinkler wrench 13635W/B (shown in Figure 1) for installing ESFR Sprinkler VK503! With the sprinkler con- tained in the protective cap, install the sprinkler onto the piping by applying the sprinkler wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats only, while taking care not to damage the sprinkler operating parts. DO NOT use any other type of wrench, as this could damage the unit. DO NOT use the sprinkler deflector or fusible element to start or thread the sprinkler into a fitting. DO NOT exceed 50 ft. lbs. of torque (hand tight, plus approximately two full turns with the wrench) to install these sprinklers. Higher levels of torque may distort the sprinkler inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. After installation, the entire sprinkler system must be tested. The test must be conducted to comply with the Installation Standards. Make sure the sprinkler has been properly tightened. If a thread leak occurs, normally the unit must be removed, new pipe-joint compound or tape applied, and then reinstalled. This is due to the fact that when the joint seal is damaged, the sealing compound or tape is washed out of the joint. Immediately replace any damaged units, using the special sprinkler wrench only. fi:II ,. . SØitVfA Temperature Sprinller t4oini6a1 . Maximum Ambient - Cfssification Temperature Ratiiig' Céi1ng Temperature' Color Ordinary 165 °F (74 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) None Intermediate 205 °F (96 °C) 150 "F (65 °C) White Sprinkler Finish: Brass Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-1 3. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 1-3/4" (44.5 nfl) Figure 2: ESFR Pendent Sprinkler VK503 Dimensions 1-13/32' (35.7 nn) (17 2-7/8' (73 nn) $ January 17, 2014 Sprinkler 123c ESFR PENDENT SPRINKLER N41KJNG4 ® VK503 (K16.8) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com Approval Chart I (UL) KEY ESFRPendent 175PSI(l2bar) WWP jjFT-"rWum Sprinkler VK503 Maximum pOi iff apØcM2I Base Part Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length Listings and Approvals3'4 Number' SIN (Refer also to Design Criteria on page 123d.) NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm cULus6 I NYC- VdS I LPCB I ® 14073 VK503 3/4" -- 16.8 242 2-7/8 73 Al Al -- -- -- 14818 VK503 -- 20 mm 16.8 242 2-7/8 73 Al Al -- -- -- Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Finish A- 165°F (74 °C) and 205 °F (96°C) I - Brass Footnotes Base part number shown. For complete part number, refer to the price list. 2 Metric K-Factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-Factor shown by 10.0. This chart shows listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Refer to the latest standards of NFPA 13. 'Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use in the U.S. and Canada. 6 Accepted for use, City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA Number 89-92-E, Vol. 41. Wrench Flat Protective Sprinkler Cap 36358 Use Side A Por ESFR Pendent K16.8 Sprinkler VK503 Figure 1: ESFR Pendent Sprinkler Wrench 13635W/B 0 Sprinkler 123d January 17, 2014 %WWWRINKLER ttIrItttI II(IIpr1G® III[s1fiU'7M VK503 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs®vikingcorp.com DE1GN CRITERIA UL (Also refer to Approval Cfart I on page 123c) cULus Listing Requirements: ESFR Pendent Sprinkler VK503 is cULus Listed as indicated in the Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest appropriate NFPA standards (including NFPA 13) for ESFR Pendent K16.8 (242) Sprinklers, for: Protecting rack storage of certain specified materials up to 35 ft (10.7 m) high in buildings with 40 ft (12.2 m) high ceilings with NO in-rack sprinklers. Protecting rack storage of certain specified materials up to 40 ft (12.2 m) high in buildings with 45 ft (13.7 m) high ceilings with one row of in- rack sprinklers. NFPA 13 indicates the following for ESFR pendent sprinklers having a 16.8 nominal K-Factor: Position the deflector a maximum of 14" (356 mm) and a minimum of 6" (152 mm) below the ceiling. The minimum area of coverage allowed per sprinkler is 64 ft2 (5.8 m2) per NFPA 13. Maximum Roof or Ceiling Slope: 2 in 12 (167 mm/m or 9.5 degrees). Sprinkler Position: Approved for use only in the pendent position. Align the deflector parallel with the ceiling or roof. System Type: Wet systems only. Deflector Distance from Walls: At least 4" (102 mm) from walls, and no more than one-half the allowable distance permitted between sprinklers. Clearance from Deflector to Top of Storage: At least 36" (914 mm). Maximum Distance Between Sprinklers: The maximum area of coverage allowed per sprinkler is 100 ft' (9.3 m2)**. For buildings over 30 ft (9.1 m) high, spacing between sprinklers and/or branch lines must be from 8 to 10 ft (2.4 to 3.1 m)**. For building heights up to 30 ft (9.1 m), the spacing allowed between sprinklers and/or branch lines is 8 to 12 ft (2.4 to 3.7 m), provided the area covered per sprinkler does not exceed the maximum 100 ft2 (9.3 m2) allowed**. **Refer to the Installation Standards for permissible deviations from the maximum sprinkler/branch line spacing rules above, to eliminate obstruc- tions created by trusses and bar joists when using ESFR sprinklers. Minimum Area of Coverage: The minimum area of coverage allowed per sprinkler is 64 ft2 (5.8 m2). Note: If the ceiling is beam and girder or panel construction, locate sprinklers in the bays rather than under the beams. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Viking ESFR Pendent Sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the latest standards of VdS, NFPA, and any other Authorities Having Jurisdiction, and also with provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards whenever applicable. January 17, 2014 Sprinkler 123e ESFR PENDENT SPRINKLER "4i lI(Ir,*1G®VK503 (K16.8) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com Approval Chart 2 (FM) ESFR Pendent Sprinkler VK503 KEY iix:~ Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP EscutcMon( apØcle) Base Part Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals3'4 Number' SIN (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) NPT BSP U.S. metric' Inches mm 14073 VK503 3/4" -- 16.8 242 2-7/8 73 Al 14818 VK503 -- 20 mm 16.8 242 2-7/8 73 Al Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Finish A - 165 °F (74 °C) and 205 °F (96 °C) 1 - Brass Footnotes 1 Base part number shown. For complete part number, refer to the price list. 2 Metric K-Factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-Factor shown by 10.0. This chart shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. FM Approved as a quick response pendent Non-Storage sprinkler and also FM Approved as a quick response pendent Storage sprinkler. Refer to Design Criteria below. DESIGN CRITERIA - FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Approval Requirements: 1. Sprinkler VK503 is FM Approved as a quick response pendent Storage sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheets 2-0 and 8-9). 2. Sprinkler VK503 is also FM Approved as a quick response pendent Non-Storage sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from c(JLus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F 091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Viking ESFR Pendent Sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the latest applicable FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets, including 2-0 and 8-9, applicable standards of NFPA, and any other Authorities Having Jurisdiction, and also with provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards whenever applicable. S 0 Sprinkler 123f January 17, 2014 ESFR PENDENT SPRINKLER IFItILJ II(II16® l:II[.qi•.y..Iv.VK503 (K16.8) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com After installation and testing and repairing of all leaks, remove the protective caps from the sprinklers. Do NOT use any type of tool to remove the cap. Remove the cap by hand: turn it slightly and pull it off the sprinkler. When removing caps, use care to prevent dislodging or damaging sprinkler ejector spring and fusible element. THE CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! System design must be based on ESFR design guidelines described in applicable FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets, the latest standards of Verband der Sachversicherer, LPCB, the National Fire Protection Association, and the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. All requirements of recognized sprinkler system design standards apply to systems utilizing Viking ESFR Pendent Sprinklers. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive fusible element assembly disengages, releasing the seat and spring assemblies to open the waterway. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to suppress the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE NOTICE: The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the NFPA standard that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition, the Authorities Having Jurisdiction may have additional maintenance, testing, and inspection requirements that must be followed. A. The sprinklers must be inspected on a regular basis for corrosion, mechanical damage, obstructions, paint, etc. The frequency of . inspections may vary due to corrosive atmosphere, water supplies, and activity around the device. B. Sprinklers that have been painted or mechanically damaged must be replaced immediately. Sprinklers showing signs of corrosion shall be tested and/or replaced immediately as required. Installation standards require sprinklers to be tested and, if necessary, re- placed after a specified term of service. For Viking ESFR Pendent Sprinklers, refer to the Installation Standards (e.g., NFPA 25) and the Authorities Having Jurisdiction for the specified period of time after which testing and/or replacement is required. Sprinklers that have operated cannot be reassembled or reused, but must be replaced. When replacing sprinklers, use only new sprinklers. C. The sprinkler discharge pattern is critical for proper fire protection. Therefore, nothing should be hung from, attached to, or otherwise obstruct the discharge pattern. All obstructions must be immediately removed or, if necessary, additional sprinklers installed. D. When replacing existing sprinklers, the system must be removed from service. Refer to the appropriate system description and/or valve instructions. Prior to removing the system from service, notify all Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Consideration should be given to employment of a fire patrol in the affected area. Remove the system from service, drain all water, and relieve all pressure on the piping. Using the special sprinkler wrench, remove the old sprinkler and install the new unit. Care must be taken to ensure that the re- placement sprinkler is the proper model and style, with the correct orifice size, temperature rating, and response characteristics. A fully stocked spare sprinkler cabinet should be provided for this purpose. Place the system back in service and secure all valves. Check the replaced sprinklers and repair all leaks. E. Sprinkler systems that have been subject to a fire must be returned to service as soon as possible. The entire system must be inspected for damage and repaired or replaced as necessary. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced. Refer to the Authorities Having Jurisdiction for minimum replacement requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking ESFR K16.8 Pendent Sprinkler VK503 is available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Form No. F_120106 Replaces page 123a-f, dated September 9, 2011. (UL 1767 Note.) January 17, 2014 Sprinkler 123a "*j I KJ W4® ESFR PENDENT SPRINKLER The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION Viking Early Suppression Fast Response (ESFR) Pendent Sprinkler VK503 is a fast response fusible element type sprinkler designed for early fire suppression. With a 16.8 (242 metric*) nominal K-Factor and special deflector, this sprinkler produces large, high-momentum water droplets in a hemispheric pattern below the deflector. This permits penetration of the fire plume and direct wetting of the burning fuel surface while cooling the atmosphere early in the development of a high-challenge fire. Viking Sprinkler VK503 may be used in the protection of ordinary types of storage. However, it is primarily intended to protect the following types of storage, which tend to produce severe-challenge fires: palletized and solid pile storage and single, dou- ble, multiple row, and portable open rack storage (no open-top containers or solid shelves). Viking ESFR Pendent Sprinkler VK503 provides protection of most common storage materials, including: --Encapsulated or unencapsulated Class I, II, Ill, and IV commodities*. --Cartoned and uncartoned unexpanded plastics*. --Cartoned expanded plastics*. * Refer the Approval Charts and Design Criteria on pages 123c-e for cULus Listing and FM Approval requirements that must be followed. In addition, some storage arrangements of rolled paper, aerosols, and rubber tires may be protected by Viking ESFR Pendent Sprinkler VK503. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS UL cULus Listed: Category VNWH Successfully meets new UL 1767 test standard and compliance program for ESFR sprinklers installed in rack storage with high clearances to ceiling (20 ft or greater) FM Approved: Class 2027 NYC Approved: MEA 89-92-E, Volume 41 Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on pages 123c-d for cULus Listing requirements, and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria on page 123d for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Available since 2007. Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar). Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar). Thread size: 3/4" NPT or 20 mm BSP Nominal K-Factor: 16.8 U.S. (242 metric*) * Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Overall Length: 2-7/8" (73 mm) Deflector Diameter: 1-3/4" (44.5 mm) Covered by one or more of the following patents: US5,829,532; US6,059,044; US6,336,509; US6,502,643; U:36,868,917; AU722593; GB2336777 Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 Deflector: Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 Viking Technical Data may be found on Seat and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS- S30400 The Viking Corporation's Web site at Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. Teflon Tape The Web site may include a more recent Compression Screw: Stainless Steel UNS-531603 edition of this Technical Data Page. Trigger and Support: Stainless Steel UNS-531600 Fusible Element Assembly: Beryllium Nickel, coated with black acrylic paint. Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order ESFR Pendent K16.8 Sprinkler VK503 by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to sprinkler base part number. Form No. F_120106 Replaces page 123a-f, dated September 9, 2011. (UL 1767 Note.) Sprinkler 123b January 17, 2014 ' ESFR PENDENT SPRINKLER sJ II(lIsIG VK503 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs©vikingcorp.com Finish Suffix: Brass = A Temperature Suffix: 165 "F (74 "C) = C, 205 "F (96 "C) = E For example, sprinkler VK503 with a Brass finish and a 165 "F (74 "C) temperature rating = Part No. 14073AC. Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the "Sprinkler Accessories" section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrench: Part No. 13635W/B (double-ended wrench - Use Side A. Side B is for use with K25.2 ESFR Pendent Sprinkler VK510) Available since 2006. Sprinkler Cabinet: Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A (available since 1971) 4. INSTALLATION WARNING: Viking sprinklers are manufactured and tested to meet rigid requirements of the approving agency. The sprinklers are designed to be installed in accordance with recognized installation standards. System design must be based on ESFR design guidelines described in the latest edition of Viking technical data, applicable FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets, the latest NFPA Standards, the latest standards of Verband der Sachversicherer (VdS), Loss Prevention Council (LPCB), the Authorities Having Jurisdiction, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards whenever applicable. Deviation from the standards or any alteration to the sprinkler after it leaves the factory including, but not limited to: painting, plating, coating, or modification, may render the sprinkler inoperative and will automatically nullify the approval and any guarantee made by The Viking Corporation. Sprinklers must be handled with care. They must be stored in a cool, dry place in their original shipping container. Never install sprinklers that have been dropped or damaged in any way. Such sprinklers should be destroyed immediately. NOTE: Wet pipe I systems must be provided with adequate heat. The sprinklers must be installed after the piping is in place to prevent mechanical damage. Before installing, be sure to have the appropriate sprinkler model and style, with the correct orifice size, temperature rating, and response characteristics. With the sprinkler contained in the plastic protective cap, apply a small amount of pipe-joint compound or tape to the male threads only, while taking care not to allow a build-up of compound in the sprinkler orifice. Use ONLY sprinkler wrench 13635W/B (shown in Figure 1) for installing ESFR Sprinkler VK503! With the sprinkler con- tained in the protective cap, install the sprinkler onto the piping by applying the sprinkler wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats only, while taking care not to damage the sprinkler operating parts. DO NOT use any other type of wrench, as this could damage the unit. DO NOT use the sprinkler deflector or fusible element to start or thread the sprinkler into a fitting. DO NOT exceed 50 ft. lbs. of torque (hand tight, plus approximately two full turns with the wrench) to install these sprinklers. Higher levels of torque may distort the sprinkler inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. After installation, the entire sprinkler system must be tested. The test must be conducted to comply with the Installation Standards. Make sure the sprinkler has been properly tightened. If a thread leak occurs, normally the unit must be removed, new pipe-joint compound or tape applied, and then reinstalled. This is due to the fact that when the joint seal is damaged, the sealing compound or tape is washed out of the joint. Immediately replace any damaged units, using the special sprinkler wrench only. TABLE 1: AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinke Tenierature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Classification Temperature Rating' Ceiling Temperatures Color Ordinary 165°F(74°C) 100°F(38"C) None Intermediate 205 °F (96 °C) 150 °F (65 "C) White Sprinkler Finish: Brass Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. 1-3/4" (44,5 rim) Figure 2: ESFR Pendent Sprinkler VK503 Dimensions 1-13/32' (35.7 nfl)(17 2-7/8' (73 mm) January 17, 2014 Sprinkler 123c 4. ESFR PENDENT SPRINKLER VK503 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com Approval Chart I (UL) ESFR Pendent Sprinkler VK503 [__T..W9We KEY I I Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP ____________________ Base Part Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length Listings and Approvals3'4 Number' SIN (Refer also to Design Criteria on page 123d.) NPT BSP U.S. metric' Inches mm cULus5 I NYC6 I VdS I LPCB I I 14073 VK503 3/4" I -- 16.8 I 242 2-7/8 73 Al Al I -- -- -- -- 14818 VK503 -- 20 mm 16.8 242 2-7/8 73 Al Al -- -- -- -- Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Finish A-165 °F(74 °C) and 205 °F(96 °C) 1-Brass Footnotes Base part number shown. For complete part number, refer to the price list. 2 Metric K-Factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-Factor shown by 10.0. This chart shows listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Refer to the latest standards of NFPA 13. 'Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use in the U.S. and Canada. 6 Accepted for use, City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA Number 89-92-E, Vol. 41. Wrench H Protective A Spninker L Cep aA NG3635 Use Side A for ESFR Pendent K16.8 Spninker VK503 Figure 1: ESFR Pendent Sprinkler Wrench 13635W/B I Sprinkler 123d January 17, 2014 NIKJNG4 ESFR PENDENT SPRINKLER ® The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com 12SIGNC1TR4 ..LJL - .. (Also refer to Approval Chart on page 123c) cULus Listing Requirements: ESFR Pendent Sprinkler VK503 is cULus Listed as indicated in the Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest appropriate NFPA standards (including NFPA 13) for ESFR Pendent K16.8 (242) Sprinklers, for: Protecting rack storage of certain specified materials up to 35 ft (10.7 rn) high in buildings with 40 ft (12.2 rn) high ceilings with NO in-rack sprinklers. Protecting rack storage of certain specified materials up to 40 ft (12.2 m) high in buildings with 45 ft (13.7 m) high ceilings with one row of in- rack sprinklers. NFPA 13 indicates the following for ESFR pendent sprinklers having a 16.8 nominal K-Factor: Position the deflector a maximum of 14" (356 mm) and a minimum of 6" (152 mm) below the ceiling. The minimum area of coverage allowed per sprinkler is 64 ft2 (5.8 m2) per NFPA 13. Maximum Roof or Ceiling Slope: 2 in 12 (167 mm/rn or 9.5 degrees). Sprinkler Position: Approved for use only in the pendent position. Align the deflector parallel with the ceiling or roof. System Type: Wet systems only. Deflector Distance from Walls: At least 4" (102 mm) from walls, and no more than one-half the allowable distance permitted between sprinklers. Clearance from Deflector to Top of Storage: At least 36" (914 mm). Maximum Distance Between Sprinklers: The maximum area of coverage allowed per sprinkler is 100 ft2 (9.3 m2)**. For buildings over 30 ft (9.1 m) high, spacing between sprinklers and/or branch lines must be from 8 to 10 ft (2.4 to 3.1 m)**. For building heights up to 30 ft (9.1 m), the spacing allowed between sprinklers and/or branch lines is 8 to 12 ft (2.4 to 3.7 m), provided the area covered per sprinkler does not exceed the maximum 100 ft2 (9.3 m2) allowed**. **Refer to the Installation Standards for permissible deviations from the maximum sprinkler/branch line spacing rules above, to eliminate obstruc- tions created by trusses and bar joists when using ESFR sprinklers. Minimum Area of Coverage: The minimum area of coverage allowed per sprinkler is 64 ft2 (5.8 m2). Note: If the ceiling is beam and girder or panel construction, locate sprinklers in the bays rather than under the beams. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Viking ESFR Pendent Sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the latest standards of VdS, NFPA, and any other Authorities Having Jurisdiction, and also with provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards whenever applicable. 0 January 17, 2014 Sprinkler 123e 0 ESFR PENDENT SPRINKLER "(tr'J l:IIEu.JM VK503 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Approval Chart 2(FM) y ESFR Pendent Sprinkler VK503 Maximum 176 PSI (12 bar) WWP A swteonh(l1aØcsIe) Base Part Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals3'4 Number' SIN (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm 14073 VK503 3/4" -- 16.8 242 2-7/8 73 Al 14818 VK503 -- 20 mm 16.8 242 2-7/8 73 Al Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Finish A-165°F(74°C) and 205°F(96°C) 1-Brass Footnotes 1 Base part number shown. For complete part number, refer to the price list. 2 Metric K-Factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-Factor shown by 10.0. This chart shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. FM Approved as a quick response pendent Non-Storage sprinkler and also FM Approved as a quick response pendent Storage sprinkler. Refer to Design Criteria below. DESIGN CRITERIA -FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Approval Requirements: 1. Sprinkler VK503 is FM Approved as a quick response pendent Storage sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheets 2-0 and 8-9). 2. Sprinkler VK503 is also FM Approved as a quick response pendent Non-Storage sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Viking ESFR Pendent Sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the latest applicable FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets, including 2-0 and 8-9, applicable standards of NFPA, and any other Authorities Having Jurisdiction, and also with provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards whenever applicable. C -i Sprinkler 1231 January 17, 2014 ESFR PENDENT SPRINKLER NJIKJNG4 ® VK503 (K16.8) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com After installation and testing and repairing of all leaks, remove the protective caps from the sprinklers. Do NOT use any type of tool to remove the cap. Remove the cap by hand: turn it slightly and pull it off the sprinkler. When removing caps, use care to prevent dislodging or damaging sprinkler ejector spring and fusible element. THE CAPS MUST BE REMOVED FROM SPRINKLERS BEFORE PLACING THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE! System design must be based on ESFR design guidelines described in applicable FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets, the latest standards of Verband der Sachversicherer, LPCB, the National Fire Protection Association, and the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. All requirements of recognized sprinkler system design standards apply to systems utilizing Viking ESFR Pendent Sprinklers. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive fusible element assembly disengages, releasing the seat and spring assemblies to open the waterway. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to suppress the fire. 6. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE NOTICE: The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. For minimum maintenance and inspection requirements, refer to the NFPA standard that describes care and maintenance of sprinkler systems. In addition, the Authorities Having Jurisdiction may have additional maintenance, testing, and inspection requirements that must be followed. A. The sprinklers must be inspected on a regular basis for corrosion, mechanical damage, obstructions, paint, etc. The frequency of inspections may vary due to corrosive atmosphere, water supplies, and activity around the device. B. Sprinklers that have been painted or mechanically damaged must be replaced immediately. Sprinklers showing signs of corrosion shall be tested and/or replaced immediately as required. Installation standards require sprinklers to be tested and, if necessary, re- placed after a specified term of service. For Viking ESFR Pendent Sprinklers, refer to the Installation Standards (e.g., NFPA 25) and the Authorities Having Jurisdiction for the specified period of time after which testing and/or replacement is required. Sprinklers that have operated cannot be reassembled or reused, but must be replaced. When replacing sprinklers, use only new sprinklers. C. The sprinkler discharge pattern is critical for proper fire protection. Therefore, nothing should be hung from, attached to, or otherwise obstruct the discharge pattern. All obstructions must be immediately removed or, if necessary, additional sprinklers installed. D. When replacing existing sprinklers, the system must be removed from service. Refer to the appropriate system description and/or valve instructions. Prior to removing the system from service, notify all Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Consideration should be given to employment of a fire patrol in the affected area. Remove the system from service, drain all water, and relieve all pressure on the piping. Using the special sprinkler wrench, remove the old sprinkler and install the new unit. Care must be taken to ensure that the re- placement sprinkler is the proper model and style, with the correct orifice size, temperature rating, and response characteristics. A fully stocked spare sprinkler cabinet should be provided for this purpose. Place the system back in service and secure all valves. Check the replaced sprinklers and repair all leaks. E. Sprinkler systems that have been subject to a fire must be returned to service as soon as possible. The entire system must be inspected for damage and repaired or replaced as necessary. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced. Refer to the Authorities Having Jurisdiction for minimum replacement requirements. 7. AVAILABILITY Viking ESFR K16.8 Pendent Sprinkler VK503 is available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. 8. GUARANTEE 0 For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Form No. F_120106 Replaces page 123a-f, dated September 9, 2011. (UL 1767 Note.) December 12, 2013 Sprinkler 43a MICROFAST® AND MICRO- FASTHP® QUICK RESPONSE NIKJW HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS (VK305 & VK319) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com DESCRIPTION Viking Microfast® and MicrofastHP11 Quick Response Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers are small thermosensitive glass bulb spray sprinklers available with various finishes and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The special Polyester and Polytetrafluoroethelyne (PTFE) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition, these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmospheres and are cULus listed as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Chart. (Note: FM Global has no approval classification for PTFE and Polyester coatings as corrosion resistant.) LISTINGS AND APPROVALS c®us cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Class 2020 NYC Approved: MEA 89-92-E, Volume 16 Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on page 43d for cULus Listing requirements, and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria on page 43f for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Available since 2003. Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar) Maximum Working Pressure: Sprinkler VK319 is rated for use with water working pressures ranging from the minimum 7 psi (0.5 bar) up to 250 psi (17 bar) for high-pressure systems. High-pressure (HP) sprinklers can be identified by locating "250" stamped on the deflec- tor. Sprinkler VK305 is rated to a maximum 175 psi (12 bar) wwp. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric*) Viking Technical Data may be found on The Viking Corporation's Web site at http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. The Web site may include a more recent edition of this Technical Data Page. * Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C) Overall Length: 2-11/16" (68 mm) Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 Deflector: Copper UNS-C19500 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-530400 Pip Cap Attachment (for Sprinkler VK319): Brass UNS-C36000 For PTFE Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw-Nickel Plated, Pip Cap-PTFE Coated For Polyester Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Quick Response Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the ap- propriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass = A, Chrome = F, White Polyester = M-/W, Black Polyester = M-/B, and Black PTFE = N Temperature Suffix (°F/°C): 135°/68° = A, 155°/68° = B, 175°/79° = D, 200°/930 = E, and 286°/141° = G For example, sprinkler VK305 with a Brass finish and a 155 °F/68 °C temperature rating = Part No. 12121AB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the "Sprinkler Accessories" section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrenches: A. Standard Wrench: Part No. 10896W/B (available since 2000). Form No. F_030103 Replaces page 43a-f, dated May 31, 2012. (Added E-3 Escutcheon) 0 0 Sprinkler 43b December 12, 2013 MICROFAST® AND MICRO- '44 1 j FASTHP® QUICK RESPONSE FIG® HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS (VK305 & VK319) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com B. Wrench for recessed sprinklers with protective shields: Part No. 13655W/B** (available since 2003) **A 1/2' ratchet is required (not available from 'liking). Sprinkler Cabinets: Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A (available since 1971) Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A (available since 1971) INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. AVAILABILITY Viking Quick Response Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Protective Wrench Fl at ShieLd Sprinkler o Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 10896W/B 0 December 12, 2013 Sprinkler 43c MICROFAST® AND MICRO- FASTHP® QUICK RESPONSE "J II(jIt1G® HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS (VK305 & VK319) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com TABLE 1: AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Classification Temperature Rating1 Ceiling Temperature2 Bulb Color Ordinary 135°F(57°C) 100°F(38°C) Orange Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Yellow Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Green High 286 °F (141 °C) 225 °F (107 °C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black PTFE Corrosion-Resistant Coatings3: White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black PTFE Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Chart. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compat- ible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester and PTFE coatings. 0 I sprinkler Wrench Port No. 13655//B* or Recessed Horizontal Sicewoll Sprinklers Fit the wrench over the sprinkler and protective shield as shown. - - -1 I / -- / II If \\ I I II I ill Ill I I t - ---------- iENote: A 1/2" ratchet is required (not available from Viking). Figure 2: Wrench 13655W/B for Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers 0 [TI Sprinkler 43d December 12, 2013 MICROFAST® AND MICRO- FASTHP® QUICK RESPONSE 4I IF(IIs1GI HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS (VK305 & VK319) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Approval Chart 1(UL) TwnpwMn I Mlcrofast and MicrofastHP' Quick Reponsó Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers Base Part Maximum Thread Size 1 Nominal K-Factor Overall Length Listings and Approvals' SIN I I I (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) Number' Pressure NPT BSP U.S. I metric2 Inches I mm ctJLus4 I NYC5 LPCB I CE I Maximum 175 PSI (12 Bar) WWP For Light or Ordinary Hazard Occupancies. Deflector must be located 4" to 12" (102 mm to 305 mm) below the ceiling. 12121 VK305 175 psi 1/2" 115 mm 1 5.6 1 80.6 1 2-11/16 1 68 1 A1Y, B1X A1Y -- Maximum 175 PSI WWP For Light Hazard Occupancies Only. Deflector must be located 4" to 6" (102 mm to 152 mm) below the ceiling. cULus I NYC I LPCB I I CE I I 12121 VK305 175 psi 1/2" 15 mm I 5.6 80.6 2-11/16 68 A1Y, B 1 X I I See Footnote 6. -- -- Maximum 250 PSI WWP For Light or Ordinary Hazard Occupancies. Deflector must be located 4" to 12" (102 mm to 305 mm) below the ceiling. cULus4 NYC° I I I LPCB I I CE I I 12285 VK319 250 psi 1/2" 15mm 5.6 80.6 2-11/16 68 A1Y,B1X I A1Y -- -- I -- Approved Escutcheons Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Finishes X - Installed with standard surface-mounted escutcheons or A- 135°F (57 °C), 155°F (68 °C), 175°F (79 °C), 200 1 - Brass, Chrome, White the Viking Microfast Model F-i Adjustable Escutcheon', or OF (93 °C), and 286°F (141 °C) Polyester', Black Polyester7, recessed with the Viking Micromatic® Model F-i, E-2, E-3, B - 135 OF (57 °C), 155 OF (68 °C), 175 OF (79 °C), and Black PTFE7 or G-1 Recessed Escutcheon and 200 OF (93 °C) Y - Installed with standard surface-mounted escutcheons or the Viking Microfast Model F-i Adjustable Escutcheon8 Footnotes 1 Base part number shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use in the U.S. and Canada. 'Accepted for use, City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA 89-92-F, Vol. 16. 6 Meets New York City requirements, effective July 1, 2008. 7 cULus Listed as corrosion-resistant. Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. DE$IGN CRITERIA - UI, (Also refer to Approval Chart 1 above) cULus Listing Reguirements: Quick Response Horizontal Sprinklers VK305 and VK319 are cULus Listed as indicated in the Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for sidewall standard spray sprinklers. Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. Locate the deflector 4" to 12" (102 mm to 305 mm) below the ceiling. Protection areas and maximum spacing shall be in accordance with the tables provided in NFPA 13. Minimum spacing allowed is 6 ft. (1.8 m). Align the top of the deflector parallel with the ceiling. Locate no less than 4" (102 mm) from end walls. Maximum distance from end walls shall be no more than one-half of the allowable distance between sprinklers. The distance shall be measured perpendicular to the wall. The sprinkler installation and obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for sidewall standard spray sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QRI-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accor- dance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. December 12, 2013 Sprinkler 43e MICROFAST® AND MICRO- FASTHP® QUICK RESPONSE 'irI II(II1Gj AA HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS (VK305 & VK319) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Volt Opening Size: 2-5/16" (58,7 mm) minimum 2-1/2" (63,5 mm) maximum 2-11/16" -S (68.3 mm) 31.8mm) 1/2 (15 mm) NPT HSW Sprinkter 12121 (VK305) 2-1/16" - I k (524 mm) Minimum 2-5/8' (66,7 mm) Maximum Installed with a standard 1/8" (3,1 mm) surface-mounted escutcheon I Figure 3: Sidewall Sprinkler VK305 Dimensions with a Standard Escutcheon and the Model F-I Adjustable Escutcheon VaR Opening Size: 2-5/16" (58,7 mm) minimum 2-1/2" (63,5 mm) maximum 1-5/8 1-3/4 (413 mm) Minimum _____ LJ Minimum 21 I I - " 2-5/8" (57.2 mm) (67 mm) Maximum Maximum Installed with a Micromatic Installed with a Model E-2 Model E-1 Recessed Escutcheon Thread-on Recessed Escutcheon Figure 4: Sidewall Sprinkler VK305 Dimensions with the Model E-1 and E-2 Recessed Escutcheons 0 Sprinkler 43f December 12, 2013 MICROFAST® AND MICRO- FASTHP® QUICK RESPONSE \J II(It1G® HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS (VK305 & VK319) The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com - . Approval Chart 2 (FM) Microlast' Quick Response Honzontat SjdWall Sprinklers ' F Maximum 175 PSI WW1 Base Part Maximum Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals3 Number' SIN Pressure (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm 12121 VK305 175 psi 1/2" 1 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-11/16 1 68 A1Y, B1X Approved Escutcheons Approved Temperature Ratings X - Installed with standard surface-mounted escutcheons or the Viking A- 135°F (57 °C), 155°F (68 °C), 175°F (79 °C), Approved Finish Microfast® Model F-i Adjustable Escutcheon, or recessed with 200 °F (93 °C), and 286°F (141 °C) 1 - Brass the Viking Micromatic® Model E-1, E-2, E-3, or G-1 Recessed B - 135 °F (57 °C), 155°F (68 °C), 175°F (79 °C), Escutcheon and 200 °F (93 °C) Y - Installed with standard surface-mounted escutcheons or the Viking Microfast®_ Model Adjustable _F-i_ _Escutcheon Footnotes 1 Base part number shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 3This table shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. 9E1GN CR)TRiA - FM (Jso refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Aooroval Requirements: Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler VK305 is FM Approved as a quick response Non-Storage sidewall sprinkler as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QRI-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in ac- cordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Adjustable Adopter Ring \'/ofl Opening Size with the Model 6-1 Escutcheon 2-5/8° (66 mm) minimum 3-3/4° (95 mm) maximum 1/8° - (3.2 mm) Adjustobte Outer Cup 7 F 2-5/8° (66 mm) ) (102 mm) LJ 11/16: (27 mm) L 1A Depth: 1-1/16° (27 mm) Maximum Recess: 1/2° (12,7 mm) Figure 5: Sidewall Sprinkler VK305 Dimensions with the Model G-1 Recessed Escutcheons Form No. F_030103 Replaces page 43a-f, dated May 31, 2012. (Added E-3 Escutcheon) December 4, 2013 Sprinkler 41a MICROFAST® AND MicrofastHP® QUICK SlkJ RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com DESCRIPTION Viking Microfast and MicrofastHP11 Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers are small, thermosensitive, glass-bulb spray sprinklers available in several different finishes and temperature ratings and K-Factors to meet design requirements. The special Polyester, Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In ad- dition, these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmos- pheres and are listed/approved as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Charts. (Note: FM Global approves ENT finish as corrosion resistant. FM Global has no approval classification for PTFE and Polyester coatings as corrosion resist- ant.) LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Classes 2001, 2002, 2015, and 2017 NYC Approved: Calendar Number 219-76-SA and MEA 89-92-E, Volume 16 ABS Certified: Certificate 04-HS407984C-PDA EJ VdS Approved: Certificates G4040095, G4040097, G4060056, G4060057, G4880045, G4930038, and G4980021 LPC Approved: Ref. Nos. 096e/03 and 096e/04 CE Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificates of conformity 0786-CPD-40130, 0786-CPD-40170 and 0786-CPD- 40279, 0832-CPD-2001, and 0832-CPD-2003 MED Certified: Standard EN 122594, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-MED-1003 and 0832-MED-1008 NOTE: Other International approval certificates are available upon request. Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on page 41d for cULus Listing requirements and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria on page 41f for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Available since 1987 Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar)* Maximum Working Pressure: Sprinklers 12282 and 12290 are rated for Viking Technical Data may be found on use with water working pressures ranging from the minimum 7 psi The Viking Corporation's Web site at (0.5 bar) up to 250 psi (17 bar) for high-pressure systems. High-pres- http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. sure (HP) sprinklers can be identified by locating "250" stamped on The Web site may include a more recent the deflector. All other Part Nos. not mentioned above are rated to a edition of this Technical Data Page. maximum 175 psi (12 bar) wwp. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Thread size: Refer to the Approval Charts Nominal K-Factor: Refer to the Approval Charts Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C) Overall Length: Refer to the Approval Charts *cuLus Listing, FM Approval, and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi (0.5 bar). The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi (0.35 bar). Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass for Sprinklers 12979 and 12282. Brass UNS-C84400 for all other sprinklers. Deflector: Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000 or Copper UNS-C19500 for Sprinklers 12979, 06666B, and 06765B. Copper UNS- C19500 for Sprinkler 12282. Phosphor Bronze UNS-051000, Copper UNS-C19500 or Brass UNS-C26000 for Sprinkler 06720B. Brass UNS-C26000 for all other Sprinklers. Bushing (for Sprinklers 06718B, 06720B, and 12290): Brass UNS-C36000 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-530400 For PTFE Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw-Nickel Plated, Pip Cap-PTFE Coated For Polyester Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed For ENT Coated Sorinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw and Pipcap - ENT coated. Form No. F_081296 Replaces page 41a-f, dated June 28, 2013. (Changed 06932B to VK3311.) so Wrench Flat P C o E C I SpriCkt Shietc Protective Sprinkler Cap Sprinkler 41 b December 4, 2013 MICROFAST® AND MicrofastHP® QUICK .'IIIIIJ II(II16® RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Microfast® and MicrofastHPO Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass = A, Chrome = F, White Polyester = M-/W, Black Polyester = M-/B, Black PTFE = N, and ENT = JN Temperature Suffix: 135°F (57 °C) =A, 155°F (68 °C) = B, 175°F (79 °C) = D, 200°F (93 °C) = E, and 286°F (141 °C) = G For example, sprinkler VK302 with a 1/2" thread, Brass finish and a 155 °F (68 °C) temperature rating = Part No. 12979AB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the "Sprinkler Accessories" section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrenches: Standard Wrench: Part No. 10896W/B (available since 2000). Wrench for Recessed Pendent Sprinklers: Part No. 16036W/B° (available since 2011) Optional Protective Sprinkler Cap Remover/Escutcheon Installer Tool** Part No. 15915 (available since 2010.) °A 1/2 ratchet is required (not available from Viking). **Allows use from the floor by attaching a length of 1" diameter CPVC tubing to the tool. Ideal for sprinkler cabinets. Refer to Bulletin F_051808. Sprinkler Cabinets: Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A (available since 1971) Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A (available since 1971) . 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. 5. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. I I I INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance require- ments. AVAILABILITY The Viking Microfast® and MicrofastHP® Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 10896W/B December 4, 2013 Sprinkler 41c MICROFAST® AND A MicrofastHP® QUICK P4J II(II1G® RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com TABLE 1: AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient u 0 Bulb r Classification Temperature Rating' Ceiling Temperature' Ordinary 135 °F (57 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Orange Ordinary 155 °F (68 °C) 100 °F (38 °C) Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Yellow Intermediate 200 °F (93 °C) 150 °F (65 °C) Green High 286 OF (141 °C) 225 °F (107 °C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, Black Polyester, Black PTFE, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant Coatings3: White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black PTFE. ENT in all temperature ratings except 135 °F (57 °C). Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-1 3. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are com- patible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester, PTFE, and ENT coatings. For ENT coated automatic sprinklers, the waterway is coated. - Sprinkler Wrench - - 16036W/BE for installing recessed pendent sprinklers F1J1 A 1/2 ratchet Is requirea (mot ava2o1e from VIkmg). LI I Carefully slide the wrench sideways II II around the protective cap, ensuring engage- ment with the sprinkler wrench flats. Figure 2: Wrench 16036W/B for Recessed Pendent Sprinklers 9 Sprinkler 41d December 4, 2013 MICROFAST® AND MicrofastHP® QUICK '4J RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com Approval Chart I (UL) Maximum 175 PSU1br)bVWP Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal Overall Listings and Approvals' Base SIN K-Factor Length (Refer also to Design Criteria on page 41e.) Part No.' NPT FBSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm cULus4 NYC5 VdS LPCB Standard Orifice 12979 VK302 1/2" 15 mm 56 1 80.6 2-1/4" 57 A1X,B1Y,C4,E4Z A1X,B1Y -- -- -- -- 18021 VK302 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 58 AiX, 131Y AiX, B1Y A2 A2X, 132Y C2X, E2Y11 C2X, E2Y14 Large Orifice 06666B VK352 3/4" 20 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 AiX, 131Y, C4, E4Z AiX, B1Y A2 A2X C211 -- 067651315 VK352 1/2" 15 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 1 AiX, 131Y, C4, E4Z AiX, 131Y A2 -- A212 -- Small Orifice' 06718139 VK329 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16" 56 AiX, BIY AiX, B1Y -- -- -- -. 06720139 VK331 1/2" 15 mm 4.2 57 2-1/4" 58 AiX, 131Y AiX, 131Y -- -- -- -- 06932B VK3311 -- 10 mm 4.2 57 2-3/8" 60 -- -- A2 -- G313 -- Maximum 250 PSI (17 bar) WWP Standard Orifice Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal Overall Listings and Approvals3 Base SIN K-Factor Length (Refer also to Design Criteria on page 41e.) Part No' NPT BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm cULus4 NYC10 VdS LPCB CE 12282 VK317 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 58 AiX, 131Y AiX -- -- -- -- Maximum 250 PSI (17 bar) WWP Small Orifice' 1229010 1 VK342 1 1/2" 115 mm F2.8 40.3 2-3/16" 1 56 MX, 131Y AiX -- -- -- -- Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Escutcheons A - 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C), and 286 oF (141 C) Approved Finishes X - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or B - 135 F (57 C), 155 F (68 C), 175 F (79 C), and 200 F (93 C) 1 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester67, Black Polyester',', and Black PTFE6 the Viking Microfasta Model F-i Adjustable Escutcheon C - 155 F (68 C), 175 F (79 C), 200 F (93 C), and 286 F (141 2 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester7, and Black Y - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or C) polyester6 the Viking Microfast5 Model F-i Adjustable D - 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), and 286 °F (141 - r and Chrome ass e Escutcheon or recessed with the Viking °C) Micromatic Model E-i, E-2, or E-3 Recessed E - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), and 200 °F (93 °C) 4- ENT8 Escutcheon F - 155°F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), and 286°F (141 °C) Z - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or re- G - 155 °F (68 °C) ceased with the Viking Micromatic Model E-i Footnotes Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use in the U.S. and Canada. 5 Accepted for use, City of New York Board of Standards and Appeals, Calendar Number 219-76-SA. 6 cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. Listings and Approvals limited to Light Hazard Occupancies where allowed by the installation standards being applied, with hydraulically calculated wet systems only. Exception: 4.2K sprinklers may be installed on hydraulically calculated dry pipe systems where piping is corrosion resistant or internally galvanized. The sprinkler orifice is bushed. 10Accepted for use, City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA Number 89-92-E, Vol. 16. "((Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificates of conformity 0832-CPD-2001 and 0832-CPD-2003. 12 ((Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0786-CPD40279. 11 Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0786-CPD-40130 and 0786-CPD40170. 4 OF MED Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificates of conformity 0832-MED-1 003 and 0832-MED-1 008. 11 The 1/2" NPT Large Orifice Sprinkler is Listed and Approved for retrofit only. December 4, 2013 Sprinkler 41 e MICROFAST® AND MicrofastHP® QUICK "*j II(IIp1G® RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com DESIGN CRITERIA. - UL (Also refer to Approval Chart I on page 41d) cULus Listing Requirements: Microfast5 and MicrofastHPw Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers are cULus Listed as indicated in the Approval Chart for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies (exception: small orifice sprinklers are limited to Light Hazard where allowed by the installation standards being applied, with hydraulically calculated wet systems only). The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray pendent sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QRI-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accor- dance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Ceiling Opening Size 2-5/16' (58,7 mm) minimum I 2-1/8k 2-1/2' (63.5 mm) maximum 0 1/2' (15 mm) NPT 2-1/4' (58 mm) (41 mm) Pendent Sprinkler Tf 1-3/4 , ______ (44mm> Installed with a standard 1/8' surface- mounted escutcheon, 2' III II I!! 1-1/2' (38.1 nfl) (50.8 mm) \Ik Al Minimum Maximum Installed with a Microfas± Model F-i Adjustable Escutcheon * Note At maximum, adapter is exposed 1/2' (12.7 mm) from face of ceiling. Figure 3: Sprinkler VK302 Dimensions with a Standard Escutcheon and the Model F-I Adjustable Escutcheon 2-1/8" Ceiling Opening Size: 2-1/8" (54 2-5/16" (58.7 mm) minimum (54 mm) 2-1/2' (63,5 mm) maximum (445) \/ 1 Minimum mm) aximum (5!nv~ m) imum M Installed with a Micromo.tic Model E-1 Recessed Escutcheon Installed with a thread on Model E-2 Recessed Escutcheon Figure 4: Sprinkler VK302 Dimensions with the Model E-I and E-2 Recessed Escutcheons fl 0 Ll Sprinkler 41f December 4, 2013 MICROFAST® AND MicrofastHP® QUICK NIKJNG4 ® RESPONSE PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com Approval Chart 2 (FM) .,, Mtcrofastt Quick Response Pendent Sprinklers Maximum 175 PSI J12 bar) WWP Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals3 Base Part No.' SIN (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) NPT I BSP U.S. metric2 Inches mm Standard Orifice 12979 VK302 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 57 A2X, B2Y, C3, D3Z 18021 VK302 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-1/4" 58 A2X, B2Y Large Orifice 06666B VK352 3/4" 20 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 A2X, 132Y, C3, D3Z 06765137 VK352 1/2" 15 mm 8.0 115.2 2-3/8" 60 A2X, B2Y, C3, D3Z Small Orifice4 06718136 VK329 1/2" 115 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16" 56 AiX Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Escutcheons A- 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C) X - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the Viking 200 °F (93 °C), and 286 °F (141 °C) Approved Finishes MicrofasP Model F-i Adjustable Escutcheon B - 135°F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 1 - Brass and Chrome Y - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or the and 200 °F (93 °C) 2 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester5, and Viking Microfast Model F-i Adjustable Escutcheon C- 155°F (68 °C), 175°F (79 °C), 200°F (93 °C), Black Polyester5 or recessed with the Viking Micromatic Model E-i, and 286 °F (141 °C) 3 - ENT' E-2, or E-3 Recessed Escutcheon D - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), and 200 °F Z - Standard surface-mounted escutcheon or recessed (93 C) with the Viking Micromatic Model E-1 Footnotes 1 Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. FM Approved as quick response control mode standard spray Non-storage sprinklers. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. 6 The sprinkler orifice is bushed. The 1/2" NPT Large Orifice Sprinkler is Listed and Approved for retrofit only. 8 FM approved as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA - FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above) FM Approval Requirements: The sprinklers indicated in Approval Chart 2 are FM Approved as quick response Non-storage standard spray pendent sprinklers as indicated in the FM Approval Guidet. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheets 2-0 and 8-9). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. tSprinklers VK302 and VK352 are also FM Approved as quick response Rack Storage standard spray pendent sprinklers. Refer to technical data page 131a-e for Intermediate Level In-Rack Sprinklers. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QRI-3 for gen- eral care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. Form No. F_081296 , Replaces page 41a-f, dated June 28, 2013. (Changed 06932B toVK3311.) February 26, 2014 Sprinkler 105a KJt16i® l.l:II[.q..u.Jw QUICK RESPONSE'J I DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com 1. DESCRIPTION 0 Viking Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprinklers are thermosensitive spray sprinklers suitable for use in areas subject to freezing. The sprinklers are designed for dry sys- tems and preaction systems where it is necessary to prevent water or condensation from entering the drop nipple before sprinkler operation. They may also be installed in spaces subject to freezing and supplied from a wet system in an adjacent heated area. Viking Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprinklers are available in various finishes and temperature ratings to meet design requirements. The special Polyester and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmospheres and are listed/approved as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Charts. (Note: FM Global has no approval classification for Polyester coatings as corrosion resistant.) NOTE: When installed in some corrosive environments, the Polyester finish may change color. This natural discoloration overtime is not in itself an indica- tion of corrosion and should not be treated as such. All sprinklers installed in corrosive environments should be replaced or tested as described in NFPA 25 on a more frequent basis. LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Classes 2013 and 2015 NYC Approved: MEA 89-92-E Volume 15 40 Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on page 105d for cULus Listing requirements, and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria on page 105e for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar) Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar). Factory tested pneumatically to 100 psi (6.89 bar) Thread size: 1" NPT or 25 mm BSP Nominal K-Factor: 5.6 U.S. (80.6 metric*) for all listed and approved lengths. * Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 "F (-55 "C) Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 Deflector: Brass UNS-C26000 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Viking Technical Data may be found on Compression Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 The Viking Corporation's Web site at Pip Cap: Brass UNS-C31400 or UNS-C31600 http://www.vikinggroupinc.com. Pip Cap Adapter: Brass UNSC36000 The Web site may include a more recent Orifice: Copper UNS-C22000 or UNS-C11000 edition of this Technical Data Page. Tube: ERW Hydraulic Steel Tube Support (Internal): Stainless Steel U NS-S30400 Barrel: Steel Pipe UNS-G10260, Electrodeposited Epoxy Base finish Barrel End and Threads: QM Brass Sleeve (for Adjustable Standard style only): Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800 Escutcheon Materials: Adjustable Standard Dry Escutcheons: Brass UNS-C26000 or UNS-C26800 Recessed Dry Escutcheons: Cold Rolled Steel UNS-G10080 Form No. F_031793 Replaces page 105a-f, dated July 17, 2013. (Removed Seal Part Number) Sprinkler Wrench 7565W/B* must be used for instatting recessed dry spHnkLens Step Carefully press The wrench upward and turn slightly to ensur engagement with the sprinkler wrench flats, *wA 1/2' ratchet is required (Not avail- able from Viking.)' Figure 2: Wrench 07565W/113 for Adjustable Recessed Dry Pendent Sprinklers Step 1: slide - sideways sprinkler . Sprinkler 105b February 26, 2014 4Iil II(IIs16® l.1:II[.q..1u'7M QUICK RESPONSE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com ENT Coated Adjustable and Recessed Escutcheons: Stainless Steel UNS-S30400 Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish, the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating, and then the suffix for the length ("A" dimension) to sprinkler base part number. Order in a specific length noted as the "A" dimension. The "A" dimension is the distance from the face of the fitting (tee) to the desired finished surface of the ceiling. These sprinklers are listed and approved in lengths from 1-1/2" to 45-1/2" (38.1 mm to 1,156 mm) for the adjustable standard style, 3" to 47" (76.2 mm to 1,194 mm) for the plain barrel style, and 3-1/4" to 47-1/2" (82.5 mm to 1,207 mm) for the adjustable recessed style. Lengths exceeding the standard lengths are available, with no approvals, on a "made-to-order" basis: Recessed Dry Pendent up to 65-1/2" (1,664 mm). Adjustable Standard Dry Pendent up to 63-1/2" (1,613 mm). Plain Barrel Dry Pendent up to 65" (1,651 mm). Contact the manufacturer for more information. Finish Suffix: Brass = A, Chrome = F, White Polyester = M-/W, and ENT = JN Temperature Suffix: 155 °F (68 °C) = B, 175 °F (79 °C) = D, 200 °F (93 °C) = E, 286 °F (141 °C) = G For example, sprinkler VK176 with a Chrome finish and a 155 °F (68 °C 083831 Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the "Sprinkler Accessories" section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrenches: Standard Wrench: Part No. 07297W/B (available since 1991) Wrench for recessed sprinklers: Part No. 07565W/B** (available since 1991) **A %" ratchet is required (not available from Viking). Sprinkler Guard: Chrome, with no listings or approvals, for installation on dry pendent sprinklers made after May 1994 only (Part No. 08954). Replacement Escutcheons: Adjustable Standard Dry Escutcheon: Base Part No. 07741 Recessed Dry Escutcheon Cup: Base Part No. 05459A 4. INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 07297W/13 OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the internal parts to open the waterway. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. INSPECTIONS, TESTS & MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. AVAILABILITY The Viking Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprink- ler is available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current NOTE To locate the deflector at the minimum distance below the ceiling, with no downward adjustment " available, order the im) dry pendent sprinkler m 1" (25.4 mm) shorter than the 'A' dimension. 4-7/16' (1ia' mm) Maximum 1-1 NOTE: To locate the deflector at the maximum distance below the ceiling, with no downward adjustment available, order the dry pendent sprinkler 1" (25,4 mm) longer than the "A" dimension, February 26, 2014 Sprinkler 105c '%J II(IF1G® QUICK RESPONSE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com TABLE 1: AVAILABLE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATINGS AND FINISHES Sprinkler Temperature Sprinkler Nominal Maximum Ambient Bulb Color Classification Temperature Rating' Ceiling Temperature2 Ordinary 155 °F (68 'C) 100 'F (38 'C) Red Intermediate 175 °F (79 'C) 150 'F (65 °C) Yellow Intermediate 200 'F (93 °C) 150 'F (65 °C) Green High 286 °F (141 °C) 225 °F (107 'C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant Coating34: White Polyester and ENT in all temperature ratings Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. The corrosion-resistant Polyester and ENT coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated in the Approval Charts. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Note: These coatings are NOT cor- rosion proof. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environ- ment. Polyester and ENT coatings are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester and ENT coatings. When installed in some corrosive environments, the Polyester finish may change color. This natural discoloration over time is not in itself an indication of corrosion and should not be treated as such. All sprinklers installed in corrosive environments should be replaced or tested as described in NFPA 25 on a more frequent basis. For "A" Dimension: 1, Determine the distance from the face of the tee to the finished ceiling. 2. Round to the nearest 1/2" (12.7 mm) between 1-1/2" and 45-1/2" (38.1 mm and 1,156 mm). NOTE: The deflector will be located approximately 3-7/16" (87.3 mm) below the ceiling, with 1" (25.4 mm) upward and 1" (25,4 mm) downward adjustment. Deflector at minimum distance below ceiling. 0 [1 Minimum ceiling opening diameter: 1-3/4" (44,5 mm). Maximum ceiling opening diameter: 2-1/4" (57 mm). 13/16' (20.6 mm) Sleeve finish matches escutcheon, Deflector at maximum distance below ceiling. T_ A Finished Ceiling 1-1/2"- (38.1 mm) diameter 3-1/16" (77.8 mm) S Sprinkler 105d February 26, 2014 N I I(IIt1G ® l:II[.1u.1f. QUICK RESPONSE DRY PENDENT SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com Approval Chart 1(UL) XEY Quick Response Dry Pendent Sprinklers Maximum 175PSt(124r) WWP Sprinkler Thread Size Nominal K-Factor2 Order Length Increment Listings and Approvals4 1 Base Part No. SIN Style - _____ ________ ___________ also to Design Criteria ________(Refer - NPT BSP U.S. metric3 Inches mm cULus' NYC6 I VdS LPCB CE • 08383U VK176 Adjustable Standard 1" -- 5.6 80.6 1/2" 12.7 All A5 Al -- -- -- -- 16457U -- 25 mm -- 80.6 1/2" 12.7 All A5 -- -- -- -- -- 08385U VK180 Adjustable Recessed 1" -- 5.6 80.6 1/4" 6.35 B2, B6 B2 -- -- -- -- 16453U -- 25 mm -- 80.6 1/4" 6.35 B2, B6 -. -- -- -- -- 08387U VK172 Plain Barrel 1" -- 5.6 80.6 1/2" 12.7 A3 A4 -- -- -- -- 16455U -- 25 mm -- 80.6 1/2" 1 12.7 A3 -- -- -- -- -- Approved Finishes and "A" Dimensions - Chrome or White Polyester7 sprinkler with a Chrome or White Polyester Sleeve and Escutcheon Approved Temperature Ratings with "A" dimensions 1-1/2" 1045-1/2" (38.1 mm to 1,156 mm) A - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79°C), 200 °F (93 °C), 2 - Chrome or White Polyester" with "Al' dimensions 3-1/4" to 47-1/2" (82.5 mm to 1,207 mm) and 286 °F (141 °C) 3- Chrome, Brass, White Polyester7, or ENT with "A" dimensions 3" to 47(76.2mm to 1,194 mm) B - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79°C), and 200 °F 4-Chrome or Brass with "A" dimensions 3" to 47" (76.2 mm to 1,194 mm) (93 °C) 5 - ENT sprinkler with an ENT Sleeve and Escutcheon with "A" dimensions 1-1/2" to 45-1/2" (38.1 mm to 1,156 mm) 6 - EN with "A" dimensions 3-1/4" to 47-112" (82.5 mm to 1,207 mm) Footnotes 1 Part number shown is the base part number. For complete part number, refer to current Viking price list schedule. 2 K-Factor applies for standard lengths ("A" Dimensions indicated above). Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. This chart shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Other approvals may be in process. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. Listed by Underwriter's Laboratories for use in the U.S. and Canada. 6 Accepted for use, City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA Number 89-92-E, Vol. 15. cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA - UL (Also refer to Approval Chart I above) NOTE: When using CPVC fittings with Viking dry sprinklers, use only new Nibco Model 5012-S-131 tees. When selecting other CPVC fittings, contact Viking Technical Services. cULus Listing Requirements: Standard Dry Pendent Sprinklers are cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart 1 for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers. Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. The sprinkler installation and obstruction rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray pendent sprinklers must be followed. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page I DRYI-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in ac- cordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. December 4, 2013 Sprinkler 51a MICROFAST® AND MicrofastHP® QUICK "iJ II(II1G® RESPONSE UPRIGHT AND CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLERS 0 The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings MI 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs®vikingcorp.com DESCRIPTION Viking Microfast® and MicrofastHP® Quick Response Upright and Conventional (Old Style) Sprinklers are small, thermosensitive, glass-bulb spray sprinklers available in several different finishes, temperature ratings, and K-Factors to meet design require- ments. The special Polyester, Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), and Electroless Nickel PTFE (ENT) coatings can be used in decorative applications where colors are desired. In addition, these coatings have been investigated for installation in corrosive atmos- pheres and are listed/approved as corrosion resistant as indicated in the Approval Charts. (Note: FM Global approves the ENT coating as corrosion resistant. FM Global has no approval classification for PTFE and Polyester coatings as corrosion resistant.) LISTINGS AND APPROVALS cULus Listed: Category VNIV FM Approved: Classes 2002 and 2020 NYC Approved: Calendar Number 219-76-SA and MEA 89-92-E, Volume 16 ABS Certified: Certificate 04-HS407984B-PDA VdS VdS Approved: Certificates G4060054, G4060056, G4880046, G4930039, and G4980020 LPC Approved: Ref. No. 096e/03, TE30401 and TE30872 CE CE Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-CPD-2001, 0832-CPD-2003, 0786-CPD-401 31, 0786-CPD-401 71, and 0786-CPD-40278 0 MED Certified: Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-MED-1003 and 0832-MED-1008 NOTE: Other International approval certificates are available upon request. Refer to Approval Chart 1 and Design Criteria on pages 51c-d for cULus Listing requirements, and refer to Approval Chart 2 and Design Criteria on page 51e for FM Approval requirements that must be followed. TECHNICAL DATA Specifications: Viking Technical Data may be found on Available since 1987. The Viking Corporation's Web site at Minimum Operating Pressure: 7 psi (0.5 bar)* http:llwww.vikinggroupinc.com. Maximum Working Pressure: Sprinklers VK315 and VK340 are rated for The Web site may include a more recent use with water working pressures ranging from the minimum 7 psi (0.5 edition of this Technical Data Page. bar) up to 250 psi (17 bar) for high-pressure systems. High-pressure (HP) sprinklers can be identified by locating "250" stamped on the de- flector. All other Part Nos. not mentioned above are rated to a maximum 175 psi (12 bar) wwp. Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) Testing: U.S.A. Patent No. 4,831,870 Thread size: Refer to the Approval Charts Nominal K-Factor: Refer to the Approval Charts Glass-bulb fluid temperature rated to -65 °F (-55 °C) Overall Length: Refer to the Approval Charts *cULus Listing, FM Approval, and NFPA 13 installs require a minimum of 7 psi (0.5 bar). The minimum operating pressure for LPCB and CE Approvals ONLY is 5 psi (0.35 bar). Material Standards: Frame Casting: Brass UNS-C84400 or QM Brass for Sprinklers 12978, 06766B, 07060, and 12281. Brass UNS-C84400 for all other sprinklers. Deflector: Brass UNS-C23000 or Copper UNS-C19500 for Sprinklers 12978, 06764B, and 12281. Copper UNS-C19500 for Sprinklers 06665B, 07060, and 14817. Brass UNS-C26000 for all other Sprinklers. Bushing (for Sprinklers 06719B, 06717B, and 12286): Brass UNS-C36000 Bulb: Glass, nominal 3 mm diameter Form No. F080488 Replaces page 51a-e, dated June 28, 2013. - (Changed 06931 toVK3271) Sprinkler 51b December 4, 2013 MICROFAST® AND I MicrofastHP® QUICK I l:II[.1iu.JM. RESPONSE UPRIGHT AND I CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLERS I The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com Belleville Spring Sealing Assembly: Nickel Alloy, coated on both sides with PTFE Tape Screw: Brass UNS-C36000 Pip Cap and Insert Assembly: Copper UNS-C11000 and Stainless Steel UNS-530400 For PTFE Coated SrinkIers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw-Nickel Plated, Pip Cap-PTFE Coated For Polyester Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed For ENT Coated Sprinklers: Belleville Spring-Exposed, Screw and Pipcap - ENT plated. Ordering Information: (Also refer to the current Viking price list.) Order Microfast® and MicrofastHP11 Quick Response Upright and Conventional Sprinklers by first adding the appropriate suffix for the sprinkler finish and then the appropriate suffix for the temperature rating to the sprinkler base part number. Finish Suffix: Brass = A, Chrome = F, White Polyester = M-/W, Black Polyester = M-/B, and Black PTFE = N, ENT = JN Temperature Suffix (°F/°C): 135°/57° =A, 155°/68° = B, 175°/79° = D, 200°/93° = E, and 286°/141° = G For example, sprinkler VK300 with a 1/2" thread, Brass finish and a 155 °F/68 °C temperature rating = Part No. 12978AB Available Finishes And Temperature Ratings: Refer to Table 1. Accessories: (Also refer to the Sprinkler Accessories" section of the Viking data book.) Sprinkler Wrench: Standard Wrench: Part No. 10896W/B (available since 2000) Sprinkler Cabinets: Six-head capacity: Part No. 01724A (available since 1971) Twelve-head capacity: Part No. 01725A (available since 1971) INSTALLATION Refer to appropriate NFPA Installation Standards. OPERATION During fire conditions, the heat-sensitive liquid in the glass bulb expands, causing the glass to shatter, releasing the pip cap and sealing spring assembly. Water flowing through the sprinkler orifice strikes the sprinkler deflector, forming a uniform spray pattern to extinguish or control the fire. INSPECTIONS, TESTS AND MAINTENANCE Refer to NFPA 25 for Inspection, Testing and Maintenance requirements. AVAILABILITY The Viking Microfast5 and MicrofastHP® Quick Response Upright and Conventional Sprinklers are available through a network of domestic and international distributors. See The Viking Corporation web site for the closest distributor or contact The Viking Corporation. GUARANTEE For details of warranty, refer to Viking's current list price schedule or contact Viking directly. f:1I TEMPERATURE $prrkierr.mpei'1ture SprmJ4erl4ominat Maximum Ambient .60b Color Classification Temperature Ratings Ceiling Temperature2 Ordinary 135 OF (57 °C) 100 OF (38 °C) Orange Ordinary 155 OF (68 °C) 100 OF (38 °C) Red Intermediate 175 OF (79 °C) 150 OF (65 °C) Yellow Intermediate 200 OF (93 °C) 150 OF (65 °C) Green High 286 OF (141 °C) 225 OF (107 °C) Blue Sprinkler Finishes: Brass, Chrome, White Polyester, Black Polyester, Black PTFE, and ENT Corrosion-Resistant Coatings3: White Polyester, Black Polyester, and Black PTFE. ENT in all temperature ratings except 135 OF (57 °C) Footnotes 1 The sprinkler temperature rating is stamped on the deflector. 2 Based on NFPA-13. Other limits may apply, depending on fire loading, sprinkler location, and other requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Refer to specific installation standards. The corrosion-resistant coatings have passed the standard corrosion test required by the approving agencies indicated on pages 51c-e. These tests cannot and do not represent all possible corrosive environments. Prior to installation, verify through the end-user that the coatings are compatible with or suitable for the proposed environment. For automatic sprinklers, the coatings indicated are applied to the exposed exterior surfaces only. Note that the spring is exposed on sprinklers with Polyester, ENT, and PTFE coatings. For ENT coated automatic sprinklers, the waterway is coated. December 4, 2013 Sprinkler 51c MICROFAST® AND MicrofastHP® QUICK II(IIs1Gi RESPONSE UPRIGHT AND CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com Approval Chart I (UL) y,y Microfast and MicrofastHP Quick Response 1 Upright and Conventional Sprinklers Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Base Part SIN Thread Size Nominal K-Factor I Overall Length Listings and Approvals3 I (Refer also to Design Criteria on page 51d.) Number' NPT BSP i I U.S. I metric2 Inches mm I cULus4 I NYC- I VdS FLPCB I CE I Upright-Standard Orifice 12978 I VK300 I 1/2" I 15 mm I 5.6 I. 80.6 2-3/16 I 56 I Al, B4 ISeeFootnote7.I -- I -- -- I -- 07060 VK345 -- 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 -- -- A2 A2 B2'2 B215 Conventional-Standard Orifice 06766B I VK310 I 1/2" I 15 mm 5.6 I 80.6 1 2-3/16 I 56 I A2 I A2 -- A2 B212 B2 15 Upright-Large Orifice 06665B VK350 3/4" -- 8.0 115.2 2-5/16 59 Al, B4 Al A2 A2 B212 -- 14817 VK350 -- 20 mm 8.0 115.2 2-5/16 59 Al, B4 Al A2 A2 B212 -- 06764B16 VK350 1/2" 15 mm 8.0 115.2 2-5/16 59 Al, B4 Al A2 -- A213 Conventional-Large Orifice 06768B VK354 3/4" 20 mm 8.0 115.2 1 2-5/16 1 59 Al A2 [ -- A2 B2'2 -- __________ Upright-Small Orifice" 06717B1' VK325 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16 56 Al Al -- -- -- -- 06719B1' VK327 1/2" 15 mm 4.2 57 2-3/16 56 Al Al -- -- -- -- 06931 B1' VK3271 -- 10 mm 4.2 57 2-3/16 56 -- -- A2 -- C3'4 -- Maximum 250 PSI (17 bar) WWP Upright-Standard Orifice Base Part SIN Thread Size Nominal K-Factor _ Overall Length Listings and Appr9vals3 (Refer also to Design Criteria on page 51d.)_ Number' NPT I BSP U.S. I metric2 Inches mm cULus4 NYC" F VdS LPCB CE 1 12281 VK315 1/2" 15 mm 5:6 80.6 2-3/16 56 Al Al Upright-Small Orifice10 1228611 1 VK340 I 1/2" 15 mm 1 2.8 I 40.3 1 2-3/16 56 I Al I Al Approved Temperature Ratings Approved Finishes A- 135°F (57 °C), 155°F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200°F (93 °C), and - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester56, Black Polyester56, and 286 °F (141°C) Black PTFE5 B - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C), and 286 °F (141°C) 2 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester5'6, and Black Polyester56 C - 155 °F (68 °C) 3 - Brass and Chrome 4 - ENT5 Footnotes 1 Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 'This table shows the listings and approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. 4Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use in the U.S. and Canada. 5cULus Listed as corrosion resistant. 6 Other colors are available on request with the same Listings and Approvals as the standard colors. Meets New York City requirements, effective July 1, 2008. °Accepted for use, City of New York Board of Standards and Appeals, Calendar Number 219-76-SA. 9Accepted for use, City of New York Department of Buildings, MEA 89-92-E, Vol. 16. 10 Listings and Approvals limited to Light Hazard Occupancies where allowed by the installation standards being applied, with hydraulically calculated wet systems only. Exception: 4.2K sprinklers may be installed on hydraulically calculated dry pipe systems where piping is corrosion resistant or internally galvanized. The sprinkler orifice is bushed. 12 ((Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-CPD-2001 and 0832-CPD-2003. 13 ((Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0786-CPD-40278. 4 ((Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0786-CPD-40131. Is • MED Certified, Standard EN 12259-1, EC-certificate of conformity 0832-MED-1003 and 0832-MED-1008. "The 1/2" NPT Large Orifice Sprinkler is Listed and Approved for retrofit only to S S Sprinkler 51d December 4, 2013 MICROFAST® AND MicrofastHP® QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT AND CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcsvikingcorp.com DEN çf1TE * (Also tf,-r1t pprov1 Chart I on pae Sic) cULus Listing Requirements: Microfast and MicrofastHP Quick Response Upright and Conventional Sprinklers are cULus Listed as indicated in Approval Chart 1 for installation in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA 13 for standard spray sprinklers, or old style (conventional) sprinklers. Designed for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies (exception: small orifice sprinklers are limited to Light Hazard where allowed by the installation standards being applied, with hydraulically calculated wet systems only). The sprinkler installation rules contained in NFPA 13 for standard spray upright sprinklers must be followed. For conventional sprinklers, refer to the installation guidelines for old style (conventional) sprinklers. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QRI-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in accor- dance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. r' F± Protective Wrench Sprinkler Cap Figure 1: Standard Sprinkler Wrench 10896W113 I December 4, 2013 Sprinkler 51e MICROFAST® AND MicrofastHP® QUICK "%J II(II1G® RESPONSE UPRIGHT AND CONVENTIONAL SPRINKLERS The Viking Corporation, 210 N Industrial Park Drive, Hastings Ml 49058 Telephone: 269-945-9501 Technical Services: 877-384-5464 Fax: 269-818-1680 Email: techsvcs@vikingcorp.com Approval Chart 2 (FM) Ttu KEY Microfast® Quick Response Upright Sprinklers Maximum 175 PSI (12 bar) WWP Base Part Thread Size Nominal K-Factor Overall Length FM Approvals' Number' IN (Refer also to Design Criteria below.) NPT BSP U.S. I metric2 I Inches mm Standard Orifice 12978 VK300 1/2" 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 A2, B3 07060 VK345 -- 15 mm 5.6 80.6 2-3/16 56 A2 Large Orifice 06665B VK350 3/4" -- 8.0 115.2 2-5/16 59 A2, B3 14817 VK350 -- 20 mm 8.0 115.2 2-5/16 59 A2, B3 06764B7 VK350 1/2" 15 mm 8.0 115.2 2-5/16 59 A2, B3 Small Orifice 06717B6 VK325 1/2" 15 mm 2.8 40.3 2-3/16 56 Al Approved Finishes Approved Temperature Ratings 1 - Brass and Chrome A- 135 °F (57 °C), 155 °F (68 °C), 175°F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C), and 286 °F (141°C) 2 - Brass, Chrome, White Polyester5, and Black B - 155 °F (68 °C), 175 °F (79 °C), 200 °F (93 °C), and 286 °F (141°C) Polyester' 3 - ENT' Footnotes 1 Base part number is shown. For complete part number, refer to Viking's current price schedule. 2 Metric K-factor measurement shown is when pressure is measured in Bar. When pressure is measured in kPa, divide the metric K-factor shown by 10.0. 'This table shows the FM Approvals available at the time of printing. Check with the manufacturer for any additional approvals. FM Approved as quick response Non-Storage pendent sprinklers. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest appli- cable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). Other colors are available on request with the same Approvals as the standard colors. 6 The sprinkler orifice is bushed. 7The 1/2" NPT Large Orifice Sprinkler is Listed and Approved for retrofit Only FM approved as corrosion resistant. DESIGN CRITERIA - FM (Also refer to Approval Chart 2 above.) FM Aqqroval Requirements: The sprinklers indicated in Approval Chart 2 are FM Approved as quick response Non-Storage upright sprinklers as indicated in the FM Approval Guide. For specific application and installation requirements, reference the latest applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets (including Data Sheet 2-0). FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets contain guidelines relating to, but not limited to: minimum water supply requirements, hydraulic design, ceiling slope and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector distance below the ceiling. NOTE: The FM installation guidelines may differ from cULus and/or NFPA criteria. IMPORTANT: Always refer to Bulletin Form No. F_091699 - Care and Handling of Sprinklers. Also refer to page QRI-3 for general care, installation, and maintenance information. Viking sprinklers are to be installed in ac- cordance with the latest edition of Viking technical data, the appropriate standards of NFPA, FM Global, LPCB, APSAD, VdS or other similar organizations, and also with the provisions of governmental codes, ordinances, and standards, whenever applicable. 10 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 0 S 0 Form No. F_080488 Replaces page 51a-e, dated June 28, 2013. (Changed 06931 toVK3271) PROJECT: ENGINEER: LOCATIONS: BLACK SCHEDULE 10 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL NOMINAL NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT UL PIECES in mm in. [ln 1[ in mm /tt j[/rnF CRR [ Lift 1% 1.660 42.2 1.442 36.6 .109 2.77 1.81 2.69 7.3 61 - 4 11/. 1,900 48.3 1.682 42.7 .109 2.77 1 2.09 3.11 5.8 61 2 2.375 60.3 2.157 54.8 .109 2.77 2.64 3.93 4.7 37 21/zj 2.875 73.0 2.635 66.9 .120 3.05 3.53 5.26 1 3.5 30 3 3.500 88.9 3.260 82.8 .120 3.05 4.34 6.46 2.6 19 4 4.500 It 114.3 4.260 108.2 .120 3.05 5.62 1 837 1.6 19 5 5.563 1413 5.295 134.5 .134 3.40 7.78 11,58 1.5 13 nr 6 " 1 6.625 168.3 r ' 6.357 161,5 .134 3.40 1 9.30 . 13.85 1.0 10 8 8.625 219.1 8.249 209.5 .188 4,78 16.96 25.26 2.1 7 Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZ)'. The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). SCHEDULE 40 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL NOMINAL NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT UL PIECES in. mm rn.' mm I in. mm Fib /ft. .1 kg/rn CRR' t1 1 1.315 33.4 1.049 26.6 .133 3.38 1.68 2.50 1.00 70 11/4 1.660 , 42.2 1.380 35.1 .140 3.56 2.27 3.39 1,00 51 , , • 11/2 1.900 48.3 1.610 40.9 .145 3.68 2.72 4.05 1.00 44 2 2 375 603 2.067 525 154 391 366 - 545 100 30 Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZ)'. The CRR Is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe Is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). @ C (9) < .... 0 VED CONTRACTOR: DATE: SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: SYSTEM TYPE: COMMENTS: 0 HOT-DIP GALVANIZED S fWe Da€1 Tube INC STEEL 5501fF FM Approved and Fully Listed Sprinkler Pipe Wheatland's Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 steel fire sprinkler pipe is FM Approved and UL, C-UL and FM Listed. Approvals and Specifications Both products meet or exceed the following standards: ASTM A135, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 10) ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 40) NFPA13 Manufacturing Protocols Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are subjected to the toughest possible testing protocols to ensure the highest quality and long-lasting performance. Finishes and Coatings All Wheatland black steel fire sprinkler pipe up to 6 receives a proprietary mill coating to ensure a clean, corrosion-resistant surface that outperforms and outlasts standard lacquer coatings. This coating allows the pipe to be easily painted, without special preparation. Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 can be ordered in black, or with hot-dip galvanizing, to meet FM/UL requirements for dry systems that meet the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or A53. All Wheatland galvanized material is also UL Listed. Product Marking Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler pipe is continuously stenciled to show the manufacturer, type of pipe, grade, size and length. Barcoding is acceptable as a supplementary identification method. DUCTILE IRON 90I i]c ELBOW I NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) I ITEM CODE # MAX. WORKING P.S.I. IDIMIoNs1 WEIGHT I A B EACH PIECE DB90033 500 1.50 1.50 0.62 11/4 131390044 500 1.75 1.75 0.90 11/2 0B90055 1 500 1.94 1.94 1.20 2 1 DB900661 500 1 2.25 1 2.25 1.85 I DUCTILE IRONI 1 11:1111] cI ELBOW NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) ITEM CODE # MAX. WORKING P.S.I. DIMENSIONS WEIGHT - A - B EACH PIECE 1X1/2 DB90031 500 1.26 1.36 0.44 1X3/4 DB90032 500 1.37 1.45 0.52 I 1/4X1/2 DB90041 500 1.34 1.53 0.64 I 1/4X3/4 DB90042 500 1.45 1.62 0.72 I 1/4X1 DB90043 500 1.58 1.67 0.75 I 1/2X1 DB90053 500 1.65 180 0.92 I 1/2X1 1/4 0B90054 500 1.82 1.88 1.08 2X1/2 DB90061 500 1.49 1.88 1.08 2X3/4 DB90062 500 1.60 1.97 1.24 2X1 DB90063 500 1.73 2.02 1.40 2X1 1/4 DB90064 500 1.90 2.10 1.52 2X1 1/2 DB90065 500 2.02 2.16 1.65 DUCTI LE I (s]COUPLING I NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) ' ITEM CODE # ' MAX. WORKING P.S.I. IDIMENSION I WEIGHT EACH PIECE A DCL033 500 1.67 0.40 11/4 DCLO44 500 1.93 0.57 11/2 DCL055 500 2.15 0.75 2 DCL066 500 2.53 1.15 DUCTI LE II .] 1DEG. ELBOW I NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) ITEM CODE # I MAX. WORKING P.S.I. IDIMENSIONSI WEIGHT I A B EACH PIECE I 0B45033 500 1.12 1.12 0.46 11/4 DB45044 500 1.29 1.29 0.73 1 1/2 0B45055 500 1.43 1.43 1 0.92 2 1 DB450661 500 1 1.68 1 1.68 1 1.50 DUCTILE IRONiSTRAIGHT TEE NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) ITEM CODE # MAX. WORKING P.S.I. DIMENSIONS WEIGHT' - A B EACH PIECE I DT333 500 1.50 1.50 0.85 11/4 DT444 500 1.75 1.75 1.22 11/2 DT555 500 1.94 1.94 1.55 2 DT666 500 2.25 2.25 2.45 lIE DUCTI LE IRON RED.COUPLING NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) ITEM MAX. CODE WORKING # P.S.I. DIMENSION WEIGHT EACH PIECE A IXI/2 DRC03I 500 1.69 0.39 1X3/4 DRC032 500 1.69 0.53 S I STAR®PIPEPRODUCTS D.I. THREADED FITTINGS (9 * <~> LISTED LISTED APPROVED For fire protection services request submittal GRS 1.3 Ductile iron threaded fittings are UL, ULC listed and factory mutual approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A 536 grade 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ANSI 1316.3 class 150. Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME 131.20.1. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittingd should be tightened theree turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. Page 21 LISTED LISTED APPROVED For fire protection services request submittal GRS 1.3 STAR®PIPEPRODUCTS S C I Ij T r 1 OUTSIDE HEAD DUCTILE BUSHINGS I NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) ITEM CODE # DIMENSIONS STYLE W. EACH - A B C lxl/2 DBUSH3I 0.75 0.25 1.42 OUT 0.22 1x3/4 DBUSH32 0.75 0.25 1.42 OUT 0.17 I 1/4x1 DBUSH43 0.80 0.28 1.76 OUT 0.28 I 1/2x1 DBUSH53 0.83 0.31 2.00 OUT 0.44 I 112x1 1/4 DBUSH54 0.83 0.31 2.00 OUT 0.30 2x1 DBUSH63 0.88 0.41 1.951 IN 10.66 2x1 1/4 DBUSH64 0.88 0.34 2.48 OUT 10.72 2x1 1/2 DBUSH65 0.88 0.34 2.48 JOUT 10.61 a DUCTILE IRONIREDUCING T NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) ' ITEM CODE _______ MAX. WORKING P.S.I. ' DIMENSIONS____ IWBG EACH PIECE A B C IXIXI/2 0T331 500 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.64 1XIX3/4 DT332 500 1.37 1.37 1.45 0.73 IXI/2X1 DT313 500 1.50 1.36 1.50 0.71 1X3/4X1 DT323 500 1.50 1.45 1.50 0.76 IXIXI 1/4 DT334 500 1.67 1.67 1.58 0.98 IXIXI 1/2 DT335 500 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.16 1 1/4XIXI/2 DT431 500 1.34 1.26 1.53 0.82 1 1/4X1 X3/4 DT432 500 1.45 1.37 1.62 0.90 I 1/4XIXI DT433 500 1.58 1.50 1.67 1.00 I 1/4XIXI 1/4 DT434 500 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.08 1 1/4XIXI 1/2 DT435 500 1.88 1.80 1.82 1.42 I 1/4X1 1/4X1/2 DT441 500 1.34 1.34 1.53 0.86 I 1/4X1 1/4X3/4 DT442 500 1.45 1.45 1.62 0.92 I 1/4X1 1/4X1 0T443 500 1.58 1.58 1.67 0.95 I 114X1 1/4X1 1/2 0T445 500 1.88 1.88 1.82 1.45 I 1/4X1 1/4X2 DT446 500 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.75 I 1/2XIXI/2 0T531 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 0.95 I 1/2X1X3/4 DT532 500 1.52 1.37 1.75 1.14 I 1/2XIXI DT533 500 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.17 I 1/2XIXI 1/4 D1534 500 1.82 1.67 1.88 1.34 I 1/2XIXI 1/2 DT535 500 1.94 1.80 1.94 1.45 I 1/2X1 1/4X1/2 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.05 I 1/2X1 1/4X3/4 500 1.52 1.45 1.75 1.15 I 1/2X1 1/4X1 500 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.25 I 1/2X1 1/4X2 gDT553 500 2.16 2.10 2.02 1.90 I 1/2X1 1/2X1/2 500 1.41 1.41 1.16 1.15 I 1/2X1 1/2X3/4 500 1.75 1.24 1 1/2X1 1/2X1 500 1.65 1.80 1.30 1 112X1 I/2X1 1/4 500 1.82 1.88 1.48 I 1/2X1 1/2X2 DT556 500 2.16 1.52§ 2.16 2.02 1.98 2X1X2 DT636 500 2.252.15 2X1 2.25 1/4X2 DT646 500 2.25 2.25 2.30 2XI 1/2X1/2 0T651 500 1.49 . 1.88 1.50 2X1 1/2X3/4 DT652 500 1.60 1.52 1.97 1.62 2X1 1/2X1 DT653 500 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.64 2X1 1/2X1 1/4 DT654 500 1.90 1.82 2.10 1.80 2X1 1/2X1 1/2 DT655 500 2.02 1.94 2.16 2.00 2X1 1/2X2 DT656 500 2.25 2.16 2.25 2.35 2X2X1/2 DT661 500 1.49 1.49 1.88 1.60 2X2X3/4 DT662 500 1.60 1.60 1.97 1.68 2X2X1 DT663 500 1.73 1.73 2.02 1.85 2X2X1 1/4 DT664 500 1.90 1.90 2.10 2.04 2X2X1 1/2 D1665 500 2.02 2.02 2.16 2.18 2X2X2 1/2 DT667 500 1 2.60 1 2.60 2.39 3.61 2 1/2X2X3/4I DT762 500 1 1.74 1 1.60 2.32 2.28 I I rn J -L INSIDE HEAD C D.I. THREADED FITTINGS DUCTILE I RONCROSS NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) ITEM CODE # MAX. WORKING P.S.I DIMENSIONS WEIGHT A B EACH PIECE I DX033 500 1.50 1.50 0.98 11/4 DX044 500 1.75 1.75 1.50 11/2 DX055 500 1.94 1.94 1.90 2 DX066 500 2.25 2.25 2.95 I 1/4X1 DX043 500 1.58 1.67 1.27 I 1/2X1 DX053 500 1.65 1.80 1.48 2X1 DX063 500 1.73 2.02 2.10 Page 22 DUCTI LE I RON CAP I NOMINAL SIZE (INCH) I ITEM CODE # MAX. WORKING P.S.I. IDIMENSION I WEIGHT I EACH PIECE A I DCP003 500 1.16 0.32 11/4 DCP004 500 1.28 0.43 11/2 DCP005 500 1.33 0.60 2 DCP006 500 1.45 0.91 S MechanicatT® STYLES 920 AND 920N C Victaulic MechanicalT® Outlet provides a direct branch connection at any location a hole can be cut in pipe. The hole is cut oversize to receive a "holefinder" locating collar which secures the outlet in position permanently. A pressure responsive gasket seals on the pipe O.D. Cross-type connections can be achieved by utilizing two upper housings of the same style and size, with the same or differing branch size connections. NOTE: Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to each other to achieve a cross connection. Style 920 and Style 920N Mechanical-T outlets are available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. Units are supplied painted with plated bolts. Galvanized hous- ings are available, supplied with plated bolts. All sizes of Style 920 and 920N are rated at 500 psi/3450 kPa working pressure on Schedule 10 and 40 carbon steel pipe. They may also be used on high density polyethylene or poly- butylene (HOPE) pipe. Pressure ratings on HDPE are dependent on the pipe rating. Contact Victaulic for ratings on other pipe. Style 920 and 920N are not recommended for use on PVC plastic pipe. Standard piping practices dictate that the Mechanical-T Styles 920 and 920N must be installed so that the main and branch connections are a true 90° angle when permanently attached to the pipeline surface. Additionally, the Vic-Tap Il® hole cutting tool, which allows for hole cutting capabilities on pressurized systems, utilizes the Style 920 Mechanical-T in conjunction with the Series 726 Vic-Ball Valve to create the Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit. See page 8 for further information. T) STYLE 920 CROSS PATENTED STYLES 920 AND 920N MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing/Coating: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12, with orange enamel coating. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. S . Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: (Specify choice*) Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F/+30°C and hot +180°F/+82°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. . Grade "1" nitrite Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over +15O°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C. *Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para__________ Location Date Approved Date__________________________________ www.victaulic.com . ctaukc vIcTAuuc IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VIOTAULIC COMPANY. © 2010 vicTAuLic COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_K 11.02_1 DIMENSIONS GROOVED OUTLET FEMALE THREADED OUTLET Provides a direct branch connection at any location where a hole can be cut in the pipe A pressure responsive gasket provides the seal Request Publication 11.03 for Mechanical-I cross assemblies Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450 kPa on steel pipe; also available for use with HDPE pipe Sizes from 2 x 1/2'750 x 15 mm through 8 x 4/200 x 100 mm IMPORTANT NOTES: Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to one another to achieve cross connections. CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-I® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N 0 Style No. Max.Work ~Pre, sure@~ Dimensions App ox. Weight Each 2 X 112 )a) o 92014 500 1.50 200 253 1 1.61 5.35 275 31 - 50 15 3450 381 51 64 1 41 136 70 15 3/4(a)r 920N 500 1.50 1.97 2.53 1.61 5.35 2.75 31 20 3450 38.1 50 64 41 136 70 1.5 - 1 (a) u 920N 500 1.50 1.85 2.53 1.61 5.35 2.75 3.0 25 3450 38.1 47 64 41 136 70 1.4 - 1 1/4 (a) to 920N 500 1.75 2.05 2.75 3.00 1.61 5.35 3.00 3.5 3.2 32 3450 44.5 52 70 76 41 136 76 1.7 1.5 1½ lal to 920N 500 1.75 2.03 2.75 3.12 1.61 5.35 3.25 3.6 3.2 40 3450 44.5 52 70 79 41 136 83 1.7 1.5 2½ x 112 )a) § n 920N 500 1.50 2.21 2.74 91.82 5.64 2.75 3.0 65 15 3450 38.1 56 70 46 143 70 1.4 - IK(a)0U 920N 500 1.50 2.18 2.74 - 1.82 5.64 2.75 3.0 20 3450 38.1 55 70 - 46 143 70 1.4 1 (a) §a 920N 500 1.50 2.06 2.74 1.82 5.64 2.75 2.9 25 3450 38.1 52 70 - 46 143 70 1.4 - 1 ½ 4 (a) 0 92014 500 1.75 2.30 3.00 3.25 1.82 6.29 3.00 3.5 3.2 32 3450 44.5 58 76 83 46 160 76 1.7 1.5 1 ½ t Ial 920½ 500 2.00 2.28 3.00 3.25 1.82 6.26 3.25 3.6 3.3 40 3450 50.8 58 76 83 46 159 83 1.7 1.6 76.1 < ½(a) 0N 300 1.50 2.22 2.75 2.25 6.46 3.18 3.9 2065 38.1 56 70 57 164 81 1.8 - 14 (a) 920½ 300 1.50 2.19 2.75 2.25 6.46 3.18 3.9 20 2065 1 38.1 56 70 - 57 164 81 1.8 - 1 Ia) 92011 300 1.50 2.07 2.75 - 2.25 6.46 3.18 3.8 29 53 70 57 164 81 1.7 11/4 (a) 0 920N 500 1.75 2.30 3.00 3.31 1.92 6.29 3.00 3.5 3.2 32 3450 44.5 58 76 84 49 160 76 1.6 1.5 1 1/2 (a) a 920N 500 2.00 2.28 3.00 3.31 1.92 6.29 3.25 3.5 3.3 40 3450 50.8 1 58 76 1 84 49 160 83 1.6 1.5 3 x ½ lal a 92°N 500 1.50 2.52 3.05 2.28 6.15 2.75 3.4 80 15 3450 38.1 64 78 58 156 70 1.6 ~(a)U 92011 500 1.50 2.49 3.05 2.28 6.15 2.75 3.4 20 3450 38.1 63 78 - 58 156 70 1.6 - 1 (a) 920N 500 1.50 2.38 3.06 2.28 6.15 2.75 3.3 25 3450 38.1 61 78 - 58 156 70 1.6 1 ¼ (a) to 920½ 500 1.75 2.55 3.25 3.56 2.28 6.15 3.00 3.8 3.7 3450 44.5 65 83 -90 58 156 76 1½ lal to 920½ 500 2.00 2.78 3.50 3.56 2.28 6.15 3.25 4.1 3.8 3450 50.8 1 71 89 90 58 156 83 1.9 1.8 2 (a) i 92014 500 2.50 2.75 3.50 3.56 2.28 6.75 3.88 4.9 4.6 50 3450 63.5 70 89 90 58 172 99 2.3 2.1 3½ 2 920N 500 2.50 3.00 1 3.75 2.44 6.72 3.88 3.8 90 50 3450 63.5 76 - [ 95 62 1 171 99 1.8 TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 3 Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. Center of run to end of fitting. 8 Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings. (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify "BSPT" clearly on order. (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2" BSPT clearly on order. § Vds approved for fire protection services LPCB approved for fire protection services 0 Apprcved for use in china by Tianjin Approvals company. 0 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 02010 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 11.02_2 \4taulicr REV_K 0 DIMENSIONS C Provides a direct branch connection at any location where a hole can be cut in the pipe A pressure responsive gasket provides the seal Request Publication 11.03 for Mechanical-T cross assemblies Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450kPa on steel pipe; also available for use with HDPE pipe Sizes from 2 x 1/2750 x 15mm through 8 x 4/200 x 100 mm GROOVED OUTLET FEMALE THREADED OUTLET CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-T® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N Dimensions 71 TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 2 4 ½(a)a 92 500 150 303 356 269 701 275 37 100 15 3450 381 77 90 68 178 70 1.8 ~ (a) a 920½ 500 1.50 330 3.56 2.69 7.01 2.75 3.7 20 3450 381 76 90 68 178 70 1.8 1(a) a 920N 500 1.50 2.88 3.56 2.69 7.01 2.75 3.6 25 3450 38.1 73 90 - 68 178 70 1.8 1.75 3.08 3.78 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.00 4.0 3.6 1 14 (a) to 92014 500 32 (b 3450 1 ½ (a) to 920N 500 2.00 3.28 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.25 4.2 3.9 40(b) 0 50.8 83 102 102 68 178 83 10 1.9 2 (a) to 920N 500 2.50 3.25 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.01 3.88 5.0 4.6 50 3450 63.5 83 102 102 68 178 99 23 21 21/2 (a( t 920 500 2.75 2.88 4.00 4.00 2.69 7.34 4.63 5.8 5.0 65 3450 69.9 73 102 102 68 186 118 26 23 76.1 mm 920 500 2.75 2.88 4.00 2.69 7.34 4.63 6.4 3450 69.9 73 1 102 68 186 118 2.9 3(a) t 920 500 3.50 3.31 4.50 4.12 2.69 7.73 5.12 8.4 6.4 80 3450 88.9 84 114 105 1 68 196 1 130 18 2.9 108.0 < 1 1/4(a(a ON 500 1.75 3.08 3.78 2.63 7.64 3.05 5.0 32 3450 44.5 78 96 67 194 78 2.3 11/2)a(a 920N 500 2.00 3.28 4.00 2.63 7.64 3.25 5.0 - 40 3450 50.8 83 102 67 194 83 --2.3- 2 (a) 920N 500 2.50 3.25 4.00 2.63 7.64 4.00 4.0 - 50 3450 63.5 83 102 - 67 194 102 1.9 76.1 mm 920 500 2.75 2.88 4.00 4.00 2.63 7.64 4.29 8.0 7.8 3450 69.9 73 102 102 67 194 109 3.6 15 3 (a) 920 500 3.50 3.31 4.50 4.50 2.63 7.63 4.88 6.8 6.5 80 3450 88.9 84 114 114 1 67 194 124 3.1 3.0 5 1½ (a) t 920 500 2.00 4.03 4.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 3.69 7.4 7.6 125 40 3450 50.8 102 121 121 80 246 94 3.4 14 2)a(t 920 500 2,50 4.00 4.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 4.38 8.2 8.0 50 3450 63.5 102 121 121 80 246 111 3.7 16 21/2 (a) t 920 500 2.75 3.63 4.75 4.75 3.16 9.70 4.63 8.3 7.9 65 3450 69.9 92 121 121 80 246 118 36 36 76.1mma 920 500 2.75 3.75 4.75 1 3.16 9.70 4.63 8.0 3450 69.9 95 - 121 80 246 118 " 36 3(a) t 920 500 3.50 3.81 5.00 4.63 3.16 9.70 5.31 8.4 8.8 80 3450 88.9 97 127 US 80 246 1 135 18 4.0 1330 x 2 920N 500 2.50 3.75 4.50 3.17 8.00 3.88 8.0 50 3450 63.5 95 114 - 81 203 99 3.6 3 920 500 3.50 3.81 5.00 3.00 9.46 5.31 8.0 - 80 3450 88.9 97 127 - 76 240 135 3.6 TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 4 IMPORTANT NOTES: Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. mated to one another * Center of run to end of fitting. to achieve cross connections. S Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings. (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify "BSPT" clearly on order. (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 2½" BSPT clearly on order. § Vds approved for fire protection services u -PCB approved for fire protection services 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. I www.victaulic.com vicTAiJLIc is A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF ViCTAULiC COMPANY. © 2010 ViCTAULiC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_K \,Ltaulicr 11.02_3 CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-I® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N 0 I'JIaI•111 lorre V110 GROOVED OUTLET FEMALE THREADED OUTLET Provides a direct branch connection at any location where a hole can be cut in the pipe A pressure responsive gasket provides the seal Request Publication 11.03 for Mechanical-T cross assemblies Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450kPa on steel pipe; also available for use with HDPE pipe Sizes from 2 x 1/2750 x 15mm through 8 x 4/200 x 100 mm IMPORTANT NOTES: Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to one another to achieve cross connections. Style Approx. F N. N.ri 'iT Weight Each _ 1531 TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3 1 ½ 3 1397 x 920½ 500 200 3.78 450 330 823 3.25 7.0 40 3450 1 50.8 96 114 - 84 209 83 32 23 920½ 500 2.50 3.75 4.50 3.30 8.23 3.88 90 so 3450 63.5 95 114 - 84 209 99 4.1 - 6 X 1¼ 920N 500 1.75 4.43 513 513 3.79 9.15 3.25 5.1 4.8 150 32(b) 3450 44.5 112 130 130 96 232 83 2.3 2.2 1½ (a) tm 920½ 500 2.00 4.40 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.15 3.25 5.4 5.1 40(b) 3450 50.8 112 130 130 96 232 83 2.4 2.3 2(a) t 920 N 500 2.50 4.38 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.15 3.88 6.0 5.6 50 3450 63.5 111 130 130 96 232 99 2.7 2.5 76.1 mm c 920 500 2.75 4.15 5.21 3.69 10.51 4.63 8.4 3450 69.9 105 - 132 94 267 118 - 3.8 3 (a) t 920 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 5.13 3.69 10.51 5.31 9.9 8.4 80 3450 88.9 110 140 130 94 267 135 4.5 3.8 4(a) to 920 500 4.50 3.81 5.75 5.38 3.69 10.51 6.25 10.1 10.1 100 3450 114.3 97 146 137 94 267 159 4.6 4.6 1 ½ (a( 159.0 )' 920½ 500 2.00 4.41 5.13 3.63 9.40 3.25 7.8 40 3450 50.8 112 130 - 92 239 83 3.5 - 2 (a( 920N 500 2.50 4.38 5.13 3.63 9.40 3.88 8.0 3450 63.5 111 130 - 92 239 99 3.6 - 761 mm 920 500 2.75 4.38 5.50 5.13 3.63 9.40 4.63 9.5 9.5 3450 69.9 111 140 130 92 239 118 4.3 4.3 3 920 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 5.13 3.63 9.40 5.31 8.1 14.0 80 3450 88.9 110 140 130 92 239 135 3.7 6.4 108.0mm 920 500 4.50 4.45 5.38 3.63 9.40 6.12 10.0 3450 114.3 113 - 137 92 239 155 - 4.5 920 500 4.50 3.81 5.75 3.63 9.40 6.25 18.0 100 3450 1143 96.80 146 - 92 239 159 8.2 - TABLE CONTINUED ON PG. 5 Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. * Center of run to end of fitting. # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings. )a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify "BSPT" clearly on order. (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2" BSPT clearly on order. § Vds approved for fire protection services o LPCB approved for fire protection services 0 Apprc.ved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. [1 www.victaulic.com - - VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vicTAuLic COMPANY. 02010 VICTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. uctauluc 11.024 REV_K to I CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical-T® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N 0 DIMENSIONS GROOVED OUTLET FEMALE THREADED OUTLET Provides a direct branch connection at any location where a hole can be cut in the pipe A pressure responsive gasket provides the seal Request Publication 11.03 for Mechanical-T cross assemblies Pressure rated up to 500 psi/3450kPa on steel pipe; also available for use with HDPE pipe Sizes from 2 x 1/2750 x 15mm through 8 x 4/200 x 100 mm Size No. Pressure@ Dimensions Weight Each ~T' Air TABLE CONTINUED FROM PAGE 4 1651 X 1 920N 500 150 388 456 379 934 275 80 25 3450 381 99 116 - 96 237 70 3.6 - 1 ¼ a 920N 500 1.75 4.43 5.13 3.79 9.34 3.25 8.4 32 3450 44.5 113 130 - 96 237 83 3.8 - 1½ 920N 500 2.00 4.41 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.34 3.25 8.4 5.4 40 3450 50.8 112 130 130 96 237 83 3.8 2.4 2 (a) 6 920N 500 2.50 4.38 5.13 5.13 3.79 9.34 3.88 8.5 6.0 50 3450 63.5 111 130 130 96 237 99 3.9 2.7 761 mm 920 500 2.75 4.01 5.13 5.21 3.63 10.51 4.63 8.6 7.6 3450 69.9 110 130 132 92 267 118 3.9 3.4 3 (a) 60 920 500 3.50 4.31 5.50 5.13 3.63 10.51 5.31 10.2 8.4 80 3450 88.9 110 140 130 92 267 135 4.6 3.8 4 (a) to 920 500 4.50 3.81 5.75 5.38 3.63 10.51 6.25 10.5 8.4 100 3450 114.3 97 146 137 92 267 159 4.8 3.8 8 2 alt 920 500 2.75 5.44 6.19 6.25 4.81 12.42 4.50 11.6 11.6 200 50 3450 69.9 138 1 157 159 122 316 114 5.3 5.3 500 2.75 5.07 6.19 6.19 4.81 12.42 4.50 11.6 11.6 65 3450 69.9 129 157 157 122 316 114 5.3 5.3 76.lmmu 500 2.75 5.25 6.25 4.81 12.42 4.56 11.6 21/2 (a) 1[920 3450 69.9 133 - 159 122 316 116 - 5.3 3 (a) to 500 3.50 5.31 6.50 6.50 4.81 12.42 5.31 12.6 11.6 80 3450 88.9 135 165 165 122 316 135 5.7 5.3 4 )a) to 500450481 6.75 6.38 4.81 12.42 6.25 15.3 12.5 100 3450 114.3 122 171 162 122 316 159 6.9 5.7 Center of run to engaged pipe end, female threaded outlet only (dimensions approximate). t Available with grooved or female threaded outlet. Specify choice on order. * Center of run to end of fitting. # Female threaded outlets are available to NPT and BSPT specifications. @ See page 7 for Fire Protection approvals and pressure ratings.' (a) British Standard female pipe threaded outlet is available as listed. Specify "BSPT" clearly on order. (b)For 76.1 mm threaded outlet, specify 21/2' BSPT clearly on order. § Vds approved for fire protection services LPCB approved lot fire protection services 0 Approved for use in China by Tianjin Approvals Company. I IMPORTANT NOTES: Style 920 and Style 920N housings cannot be mated to each other to achieve cross connections. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 0 2010 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_K \4tauljcf 11.02_5 CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 Mechanical—I® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N FLOW DATA Flow test data has shown that the total head loss between point (1) and (2) for the Style 920, 920N and 929 MechanicalT® fittings can best be expressed in terms of me pressure difference across the inlet and branch. The pressure difference can be obtained from the relationship below. C, and Ky Values Values fbr flow of water at +60°F/+16°C are shown in the table below. Formulas for C51K Values: AP = Q2 Where: AP = Where: Q = Flow (GPM) Q = Flow (m3/h) AP = Pressure Drop (s) V AP = Pressure Drop (bar) Q = ç x = Flow Coefficien Q = x K2 = Flow Coefficient Exaggerated for clarity Equivalent Lengthof Outlet Size Schedole 40 Carbon Steel PVe OUTLETI2lY4 ______________________ Kit I u1 I ill t1P1BJ KI {SISUI I 11 Y2 3.840 15 21.3 - 2 - 9.4 3/~ 1.050 16 20 26.7 - - 13.7 1.315 21 - B - 25 33.7 - 1.8 1¼ 1.660 5 1/50 48 32 42.7 2 42.9 41.1 1½ 1.900 11 1 53 53 40 98.3 45.4 45.4 2 2.375 112 104 50 60.3 9 10/2 96 89.1 2½ 2.875 119 150 65 73.0 20 L../2 102 128.5 3.000 161 76.1 mm 16 - - 76.1 138.1 3 3.500 249 237 80 88.9 14 15 /2 213.4 203.1 4.500 421 401 100 114.3 20 .2 360.8 343.6 Hazen-Williams coefficient of friction is 120. V Pipe with a wall thickness of 0.165in 14.2mm. www.victaulic.com -It A_C_ta_ulic~ vicTAuLic ISA REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vicTAuLic COMPANY. © 2010 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVE). 11.02_6 REV_K 0 CARBON STEEL PIPE - HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 11.02 . Mechanical-T® Bolted Branch Outlets STYLES 920 AND 920N FIRE PROTECTION APPROVALS AND PRESSURE RATINGS The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Run Size I1! Approval Agency Rated Working Pressures — psi/kPa :r'n 21/2 -6 2.875 - 6.625 All 10,40 400 400 400 290 232 362 65-150 73.0-168.3 2755 2755 2755 1999 1599 2496 21/2-4 2.875 - 4.500 All OF 300 300 300 290 232 362 65-100 73.0-114,3 2065 2065 2065 1999 1599 2496 21/2 - 4 2.875 - 4.500 All SF 300 300 300 290 232 362 65-100 73.0-114.3 2065 2065 2065 1999 1599 2496 6 6.625 300 300 250 290 232 362 150 168.3 3,4 10 2065 2065 1724 1999 1599 2496 6 6.625 3,4 30,40 300 300 300 290 232 362 150 168.3 2065 2065 2065 1999 1599 2496 8 8.625 21/2 10,40 400 - - 145 - 200 219.1 2755 1000 8 8.625 34 10 300 - 250 - 145 - 200 219.1 2065 1724 1000 8 8.625 34 3040 300 - 300 145 - 200 219.1 2065 2065 1 1000 0 NOTES; 10 refers to Listed/Approved Schedule 10 steel sprinkler pipe. 40 refers to Listed/Approved Schedule 40 steel sprinkler pipe. DE refers to Listed/Approved Dyna-Flow steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by American Tube Company. SF refers to Listed/Approved Super-Flo steel sprinkler pipe manufactured by Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation. VIC-TAP II HOLE CUTTING TOOL FOR 4 - 8/100 - 200MM CARBON STEEL PIPE The Vic-Tap II hole cutting tool is designed for use with the Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit, which is a combination of the Style 920 Mechanical-T and Series 726 Vic-Ball Valve. The Vic-Tap II is capable of tapping into carbon steel pipe systems under pressures up to 500 psi/3450kPa. The Style 931 Vic-Tap II Mechanical-T unit is a full port ball valve which can be mounted on 4/100mm, 5/125mm, 6/150mm and 8'7200 mm diameter pipe. The Style 931 comes with a 21/2"/65mm grooved outlet. The drill motor is an electric motor with ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) in accordance with safety codes. For more information, refer to publication 24.01. I www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF '/ICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2010 VICTAULiC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_K \4taulicr 11.02_7 MechanicalT® STYLES 920 AND 920N WIF INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the -100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 11.02 1480 REV UPDATED 4/2010 ictaulic° vicrAuuc is A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2010 VIcTAULIc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 11.02K S FireLock® FireLock® products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full-flow elbows and tees are a CAD-developed, hydrodynamic design that has a shorter center-to-end dimension than standard fittings. A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Style 005 and Style 009 FireLock couplings. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Victaulic FireLock fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic FireLock Style 005 couplings. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: Orange enamel. Optional; Hot dipped galvanized. 0 JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved www.victaulic.com vicTAuLic IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vIcTAuLIC COMPANY. © 2009 VIcTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED, REV_H JtauIic 10.03_i IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 FireLock® Fittings DIMENSIONS C to F to E to NO. 003 NO. 002 NO. 006 NO. 001 I. MO I 6~m M= 11 . J No. 006 Ova, 1¼ 32 - 1.660 42.4 - - - - - 0.8 21 0.3 0.1 1 ½ 40 1.900 48.3 - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.82 21 0.4 0,2 2 50 - 2.375 60.3 2.75 70 1.7 0.8 2.00 51 1.8 0.8 2.75 70 2.4 1.1 0.88 22 0.6 0.3 21/2 65 2.875 73.0 3.00 76 3.1 1.4 2.25 57 2.2 1.0 3.00 76 3.6 1.6 0.88 22 1.0 0.5 76.1 mm 3.000 76.1 3.00 76 3.30 1.5 2.25 57 2.4 1.1 - - - - 3 80 - - 3.500 88.9 3.38 86 4.0 1.8 2.50 64 3.1 1.4 3.38 86 5.3 2.4 0.88 22 1.2 0.5 108mm 4.250 108.0 4.00 102 5.7 2.6 3.00 76 5.1 2.3 4.00 102 7.5 3.4 - - 4 100 4.500 114.3 4.00 102 6.7 3.0 3.00 76 5.6 2.5 4,00 102 8.7 3.9 1.00 25 2.4 1.1 5 125 5.563 141.3 4.88 124 12.6 5.7 3.25 83 8.3 , 3.8 4.88 124 15.7 7.1 1.00 25 4.1 1.9 59mm - 6.250 158.8 5.50 140 12.6 5.7 3.50 89 9.2 4.2 5.50 140 17.9 8.0 - - 6 - 150 6.625 168.3 5.50 140 18.3 8.3 3.50 89 11.7 5.3 5.50 140 22.7 10.3 1.00 25 5.9 2.7 8 200 8.625 219.1 6,81 173 25.5 11.6 4.25 108 20,4 9.3 6.94 176 38.7 17,6 1,13 29 12.7 5.8 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 1O.03_2 \%taulicr REV_H 0 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 FireLock® Fittings FLOW DATA Size Frictional Equivalent Feet/meters Resistance of Straight Pipe t 1 ¼ 1.660 1.5 0.8 3.7 1.5 32 42.4 0.5 0.2 1.1 0.5 11/2 1.900 2.2 1.1 5.5 2.2 40 48.3 - 0.7 0.3 1.7 0.7 - 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5 50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1 21/2 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3 65 73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5 7 61 mm 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0 80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108mm 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 125 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 159mm 158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 12.9 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0 150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7.6 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0 200 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0 The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. www.victaulic.com vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_H 4tauiicr 1O.03_3 GENERAL NOTES NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009 and Style 009V couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V couplings. WARRANTY Refer tc the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. El III 111111111111111111111 I 1111011 II WCAS-7MX2JY For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.03 1539 REV II UPDATED 1/2009 4r--ta—ulic VICTAIJLIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAuLIc COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAuLIc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.03 FireLock® Rigid Coupling STYLE 005 WITH VIC-PLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) FireLock® Style 005 rigid coupling has a unique, patented angle-pad design which allows the housings to offset while clamping the grooves. By permitting the housings to slide on the angled bolt pads, rigidity is obtained. Support and hanging requirements correspond to NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems. Angle-pad design permits assembly by removing one nut/bolt and swinging the housing over the gasket. This reduces components to handle during assembly. Style 005 FireLock coupling are designed and recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. VicPIusTM Gasket System: In North America, Victaulic® offers a gasket system which requires no field lubrication on wet pipe systems that are hydrostatically tested. The VicPlusTM System (patented) is dry, clean, and non-toxic. It reduces assembly time substantially and eliminates the mess and chance of over- lubrication. Please refer to the latest copy of the Victaulic Field Installation Handbook (1-100) for supplemental lubrication requirements and dry pipe fire protection system notes. I!.c l' § LPC and VdS Approved, see notes on page 4 SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS rae i tn i LU is LISTING/APPROVALS The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Related Working Pressure — psi —Related -Working Pressure — RN/AN/A psi Related Working Pressure — psi 5 1¼-3 175 175 1 175 EL 14-2 300 MT 1/4-2 300 N/A N/A 10,40 14-4 350 350 350 ET 1 ¼ - 2 300 N/A STF Steady TF 1 ¼ - 4 N/A I N/A 300 5-8 300 300 300 EZ I 4-6 300# N/A • 300 300 BLT 1 ¼ - 2 300 300 N/A FF GAL-7 MLT 1 1/4-4 N/A N/A 300 11/4 _2 +/ANO/A 3 - 8 300 OF l'%-4 300 300 300 1.4-2 300 N/A N/A WLS 1/4-2 N/A DT 11% - 2 300 300 N/A 1 ¼ - 2 300 N/A N/A XL 114 - 3 1 300 EF 1Y-4 175@ N/A 175 MF 1.4-4 300 N/A 300 FM approved for service in 1 ½ —4' pipe. UL Listed for service up to 4 pipe only. @ UL Listed for service up to 3' only. JOB/OWNER System No. 0 Location CONTRACTOR ENGINEER Submitted By Spec Sect Date Approved Para www.victaulic.com vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. Q 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA, REV_I _t Atauiicr 10.021 DIMENSIONS Rated for wet and dry sprinkler systems at 350 psi/2413 kPa fort '/4 - 4/32 - 100 mm sizes and 300 psi /2068 kPa for 41% - 87108 - 200mm sizes; Schedule 10 roll grooved or Schedule 40 cut or roll grooved steel pipe. Style 005 is rigid and does not accommodate expansion, contraction or angular deflection. IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.02 FireLock® Rigid Coupling STYLE 005 WITH VIC-PLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) • Max. Wo k ssure Max. End Allow. Pipe End Sep. t Bolt/Nut@ No - Size Dimen ions - Inches/mm Approx. Wgt. Each 2.75 4.50 1.88 1.2 1¼ 1.660 350 755 0.05 32 42.4 2413 3370 1.2 2-1/ x 27 70 114 148 0.5 1½ 1.900 350 990 0.05 3.00 4.75 1.88 1.2 40 48.3 2413 4415 1.2 2- /8 x 2 1/4 76 .__!_._ 0.5 2 2.375 350 1550 0.07 3.50 5.25 1.88 1.6 50 60.3 2413 6900 1.7 2- /e x 2/2 89 133 148 0.7 21/2 2.875 350 2270 0.07 4.00 5.75 1.88 1.9 65 73.0 2413 10110 1.7 2-/8x2/,2 102 146 148 .09 76.1 mm 3.000 350 2475 0.07 2-/8x2/2 4.13 5.75 1.88 1.9 76.1 2413 11010 1.7 105 146 148 0.9 3 3.500 350 3365 0.07 4.63 6.13 1.88 2.1 80 I 88.9 2413 14985 1.7 2-/8x2/2 118 156 148 1.0 4 4.500 350 5565 0.16 2-/8x2/2 5.75 7.25 2.13 3.1 100 114.3 2413 24770 4.1 146 184 54 1.4 108.0mm 4.250 300 4255 0.16 2 - /s X 2% 563 7.25 2.13 3.1 108.0 2068 18940 4.1 143 184 54 1.4 5 5.563 300 7290 0.16 6.88 9.00 2.13 4.5 125 141.3 2068 32445 4.1 2-½x3 175 229 54 2.0 133.0mm 5.250 300 6495 0.16 2- 1/2 x 2% 6.63 9.00 2.13 4.5 133.0 2068 28900 4.1 168 229 54 2.0 139.7mm 5.500 300 7125 0.16 2- /2s 2% 6.88 9.00 2.13 4.8 139.7 2068 31715 4.1 175 229 54 2.2 6 6.625 300 10340 0.16 8.00 10.00 2.13 5.0 150 168.3 2068 46020 4.1 2- 1/2 x 3 203 254 53 2.3 159.0 mm 6.250 300 9200 0.16 2-/2 x 2% 7.63 10.00 2.13 5.5 159.0 2068 40955 4.1 194 254 54 2.5 1651 mm 6.500 300 9955 0.16 2 - ½ x 3 8.15 10.00 2.13 5.5 165.1 2068 44295 4.1 207 254 54 2.5 8 8.625 300 17525 0.19 10.50 13.14 2.63 11.3 200 219.1 2068 78000 4.8 2- / x 267 334 67 5.1 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for perfor- mance on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. t The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. Style 005 couplings are con- sidered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. © Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. 5 Style 005 couplings are VdS and LPC Approved to 12 Bar/175 psi. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 1O.02_2 _,IIi. Ac-t-a-ulice REV_I 0 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.02 FireLock® Rigid Coupling STYLE 005 WITH VIC-PLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel (North America); red enamel (Europe) Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: Grade "E" EPDM - Type A Vic-Plus" Gasket System (Violet color code). FireLock products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services up to the rated working pressure using the Grade E" Type A Vic-Plu? Gasket System, requiring no field lubrication for most installation conditions. Grade "L" Silicone Recommended for dry heat, air without hydrocarbons to +350°F and certain chemical services. For dry services, Victaulic continues to recommend the use of Grade E" Type A FlushSeal® Gasket. Contact Victaulic for details. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. A Standard gasket and FlushSeal gasket approved for dry pipe systems to —40°F/-40°C. Based on typical" pipe surface conditions, supplemental lubricant is recommended for services installed below O°F/-18°C and for all dry pipe systems or systems to be subjected to air tests prior to being filled with water. Supplemental lubrication may also be required on pipe with raised or undercut weld seams or pipe that has voids and/or cracks at the weld seams. Victaulic continues to recommend the use of FlushSeal gaskets for dry services. www.victaulic.com - VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vIcTAuLIc COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY, ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. REV-1 10.603 FireLock® STYLE 005 WITH VIC-PLUSTM GASKET SYSTEM (NORTH AMERICA ONLY) GENERAL NOTES WARNING: Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the I-lOU Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installaticn and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. II liii IDIlIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 11111111111111 • WCAS-697KR4 For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.02 1538 REV I UPDATED 9/2006 vlcTAuuc IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 vIcTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 10.02 %taUiicf Victaulic® Zero-Flex Rigid Coupling \4tauliC Style 07 06.02 Exaggerated for clarity Certifications/Listings <&> Or [LPCBJ To 104-la/02 See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details See Victaulic publication 02.06 for portable water approvals if applicable. Product Description The unique angle-pad design of the Zero-Flex® Style 07 coupling adjusts to standard pipe and roll or cut groove tolerances, positively clamping the pipe to resist flexural and torsional loads. The wider key section fills more of the groove area. . The Victaulic standard rigid coupling offering is the Style 107 installation-ready rigid coupling product line. Please reference publication 06.21. For all available sizes, the Style 107 is the standard rigid coupling Victaulic supplies in North America for piping systems using Grade "EHP" or 'T" gaskets. Contact Victaulic for further details. Style 07 couplings are rated up to 750 psi/5175 kPa, dependent on size, for 1 - 12/25 - 300 mm piping systems. Rigid couplings provide rigidity for valve connections, machinery rooms, fire mains, and long straight runs. Support and hanging requirements correspond to ASME B31.1 Power Piping Code, ASME B31.9 Building Services Code and NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems. Angle-pad design permits assembly by removing one nut/bolt and scissoring housing over gasket. This reduces the number of components to handle during assembly, speeds and eases installation. Job/Owner System No. Location Contractor Submitted By Date Performance data presented in this document is based on use with standard wall, carbon steel pipe. For use with stainless steel pipe, please reference publication 17.09 for pressure ratings and end loads. When used on light wall stainless steel pipe, the Victaulic RX roll set must be used to roll groove the pipe. For further information regarding roll grooving stainless steel, refer to publication 17.01. For 14 - 24/350 - 600 mm sizes Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS) line of products. Request publication 20.02 for information on the rigid W07 AGS coupling. A WARNING Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic Couplings. Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage. NOTICE Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation RX on the front of the roll sets. Engineer Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date victaulic.com I Couplings I Rigid I Style 07 I Publication 06.02 06.02 1482 Rev M Updated 07/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 4tauiicr victaulic.com I Couplings I Rigid I Style 07 I Publication 06.02 Material Specifications Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) O Standard: Orange enamel. El Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice') o Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +1 10'C. May be specified for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +730F/+230C and hot +180°F/+820C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. O Grade "1" Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range -20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. May be specified for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not compatible for hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C. NOTE: Additional gasket styles are available. Contact 'Jictaulic for details. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A 449 and physical requirements of ASTM A 183 LTJ C 06.02 1482 Rev M updated 07/2014 © 2014 Victauli: Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 JLc t9uIic victaulic.com I Couplings I Rigid I Style 07 I Publication 06.02 Dimensions Style 07 Actual Maximum Allow. Outside Working Maximum Pipe End Dimensions Approx. X Y Z Nominal Size Diameter Pressure 2 End Load 2 Separation 3 Bolt/Nut I Weight Each inches inches psi lbs. inches inches inches inches lbs. mm mm kPa N mm No. - size inches mm mm mm kg 1 1.315 750 650 0.05 2-3/8X2 2.36 4.22 1.84 1.6 25 33.7 5175 2890 1.2 60 107 47 0.7 1 1/4 1.660 750 1,620 0.05 2.69 4.62 1.84 1.6 32 42.4 5175 7210 1.2 2-3/sx2 68 117 47 0.7 1 1/2 1.900 750 2,130 0.05 2-3/8x2 2.94 5.81 1.84 1.6 40 48.3 5175 9480 1.2 75 148 47 0.7 2 2.375 750 3,320 0.07 2-½x2½ 3.35 5.78 1.84 2.3 50 60.3 5175 14775 1.7 85 147 47 1.0 2 1/2 2.875 750 4,875 0.07 3.88 6.38 1.84 2.6 65 73.0 5175 21695 1.7 2-½x23% 98 162 47 1.2 76.1 mm 3.000 750 5,300 0.07 2-12x70.0 4.21 6.61 1.84 3.6 76.1 5175 23585 1.7 107 168 47 1.6 3 3.500 750 7,215 0.07 4.54 6.81 1.84 3.0 80 88.9 5175 32105 1.7 2- ½x2½ 115 173 47 1.4 4 4.500 750 11,925 0.16 2-½x23% 5.81 8.21 2.07 5.3 100 114.3 5175 53065 4.1 148 209 53 2.4 108.0mm 4.250 750 10,635 0.16 2- 12x70.0 5.56 7.98 2.07 5.2 108.0 5175 47325 4.1 141 203 53 2.4 5 5.563 750 18,225 0.16 7.03 9.89 2.07 7.4 125 141.3 5175 81100 0.2 2-%x3¼ 179 251 53 3.4 133.0mm 5.250 700 15,145 0.16 2-16x82.5 6.69 9.60 2.07 7.4 133.0 4825 67395 4.1 170 244 53 3.4 139.7mm 5.500 700 16,625 0.16 2-16x82.5 6.94 9.82 2.07 7.6 139.7 4825 73980 4.1 176 249 53 3.4 6 6.625 700 24,130 0.16 2-5/8 x3¼ 8.26 10.83 2.07 8.3 150 168.3 4825 107380 4.1 210 275 53 3.8 159.0 mm 6.250 700 21,465 0.16 2- 16x82.5 7.84 10.54 2.07 9.2 159.0 4825 95520 4.1 199 268 53 4.2 165.1 mm 6.500 700 23,225 0.16 2-16 x 82.5 8.13 10.84 2.07 8.3 165.1 4825 103305 4.1 207 275 53 3.8 85 8.625 600 35,000 0.19 10.54 13.74 2.51 15.1 200 219.1 4130 155750 4.8 2- 14541/4 268 349 64 6.8 10 10.750 500 45,400 0.13 2- ½x6½ 12.86 16.98 2.56 23.5 250 273.0 3450 202030 3.3 327 431 65 10.7 12s 12.750 400 51,000 0.13 14.86 18.88 2.56 28.2 300 323.9 2750 226950 3.3 2- /sx61/2 377 480 65 12.8 For 14 - 24/350 - 600 mm sizes Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS) line of products. Request publication 14-24 20.02 for information on the rigid W07 AGS coupling. 350-600 _ AGS' -- 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. 3 For field installation only on roll grooved pipe or cut grooved pipe. Zero-Flex Style 07 couplings are essentially rigid and do not permit expansion/contraction. 4 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. 5 Couplings 8, 10, 12/200, 250, 300 mm sizes available to JIS standards. Refer to publication 06.17 for details. General Notes Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. . Style 07 couplings must not be used to join PVC pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11h times the figures shown. 06.02 1482 Rev M Updated 07/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 \JtauIic 4 4t,auhic, 06.02 1482 Rev M Updated 07/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com victaulic.com I Couplings I Rigid I Style 07 I Publicatoi 06.02 Installation Reference should always be made to the 1-100 ViclaLlic nield IsnIoltatios Haodboos Ic the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with eac n nhpment of VictoulE products for complete installation and assembly data. and are aueilable in POE lcrmat on our website at www.oictaolic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or ostact-5 ictaulic for details. Note This product shalt be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifucaiois. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly irstructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Trademarks Victaulic and ZeroElunn are registered trademarks of Victaulic Compary. S Victaulic® FirelockTM Rigid Coupling jttauiic Style 009N 10.64 Patented 1.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS c® ILPCBI Uffm C104-la/36 2.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION The FireLock EZTM Style 009N Installation-ReadyTM Rigid Coupling is for use in the fire protection market. The coupling's unique design eliminates loose parts, promotes consistent installation and provides substantial gains in productivity. IMPORTANT: FireLock EZTM Style 009N couplings are recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. 3.0 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) U Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific) O Red enamel (Europe) o Hot dipped galvanized Gasket; (specify choice') O Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited, and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: Zinc electroplated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A 449 and physical requirements of ASTM A 183. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com I Couplings I FireLock I Rigid I Style 009N I Publication 10.64 10.64 7072 Rev G updated 10/2014 0 2014 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. Ictaullicr victaulic.com I Couplings I FireLock I Rigid I Style 009N I Publication 10.64 4.0 LISTINGS/APPROVAL 2 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Nominal Size cULus FM Vds LPCB Sch. 5 Sch. 10 Sch. 40 Sch. 5 Sch. 10 Sch. 43 inches psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi mm kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa 1¼ 232 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 32 1600 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 11/2 232 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 40 1600 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 2 363 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 50 2502 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 21/2 N/A 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 65 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 76.1 mm N/A 365 2517 N/A N/A 363 2502 N/A 363 2500 363 2500 N/A 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 80 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 N/A 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 100 2517 2517 1205 2502 1 2502 2500 2500 108.0mm N/A N/A N/A 175 363 363 N/A N/A 1205 2502 2502 N/A 290 365 N/A 363 363 232 N/A 125 2000 2517 2502 2502 1600 133.0mm N/A N/A N/A N/A 363 2502 N/A N/A N/A 139.7mm N/A 290 2000 N/A N/A 363 2502 4 N/A 232 1600 N/A 159.0mm N/A N/A N/A N/A 363 2502 N/A N/A N/A 165.1 mm N/A 2906 20006 N/A N/A 363 2502 N/A N/A N/A 6 N/A 290 365 N/A 363 363 232 N/A 150 2000 2517 2502 2502 1600 216.0 mm N/A N/A N/A N/A 363 2502 N/A N/A N/A 8 N/A 290 365 N/A 363 363 232 N/A 200 2000 2517 2502 2502 1600 2 Listed/Approved for wet and dry pipe systems (>-40°F/-40°C) for continuous use in freezing conditions, use of Style 005H Coupling with Silicone Gasket is recommended. Please see the VictaulicInstallation Manual 1-009N/009H for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 3 cULus listed for DIN 24582.6mm pipe wall. 4 FM approved for BS 1387 Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 5 cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 6 cULus listed for EN 102554.5mm pipe wall. 10.64 7072 Rev G Updated 10/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com JtauIicr victaulic.com I Couplings I FireLock I Rigid I Style 009N I Publication 10.64 4.1 LISTINGS/APPROVAL Speciality Pipe Pipe Size Pressure Rating Pipe Size Pressure Rating Pipe Size Pressure Rating cULus FM cULus FM cULus FM inches psi psi inches psi psi inches psi psi kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa BLT 1¼-2 300 365 EZT 1'/4-2 300 365 MT 11/42 300 365 2068 2517 2068 2517 2068 2517 DF 1 1/4-4 300 365 FF 11/4-4 300 300 365 1'/4-2 N/A 365 2068 2517 2068 2517 2517 DI 1¼-2 300 365 FLF 1 1/4_4 N/A 365 ST 1¼-2 N/A 365 2068 2517 2517 2517 EF 1¼-4 175 175 FLT 1¼-2 N/A 365 STF 1 1/4_4 N/A 365 1206 1206 2517 2517 EL 1¼-2 300 365 FLTL 1¼-2 N/A 365 IF 2¼-4 N/A 365 2068 2517 2517 2517 ET4O 1¼-2 300 365 GL 1¼-2 300 365 WLS 1¼-2 300 365 2068 2517 2068 2517 2068 2517 EZF 3-4 300 365 MF 1¼-4 300 365 WST 11/4-2 365 2068 2517 2068 2517 N/A 2517 XL 1¼-2 300 365 2068 2517 NOTES BLT =BLT steel pipe manufactured by Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. OF = DYNA-FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. DT = DYNA-FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. [140 = Eddyfhread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. EZF = EZ-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Northwest Pipe Co. EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. FE = Fire-Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. ELF = Fire-Line Flow steel pipe manufactured by Western International Forest Products Inc. ELI = Fire-Line Threadable steel pipe manufactured by Western International Forest Products Inc. FLTL = Fire-Line Threadable Light steel pipe manufactured by Western International Forest Products Inc. DL = DL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. ME = Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. MT = Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. MLT = MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co ST = STD wall pipe in accordance with ASTM A53. STE = Steady Flow steel pipe manufactured by AMS Tube Corp. TF = Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. WST = WST steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Company. XL = XL steel pipe manufactured by Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 11 10.64 7072 Rev G Updated 10/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 4tauIcr victaulic.com I Couplings I FireLock I Rigid I Style 009N I Publication 10.64 5.0 DIMENSIONS Style 009N Style 009N Pre-Assembled (Push On Condition) Style 009N Joint Assembled Dimensions Pre-assembled Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. Approx. Nominal Outside Working End Pipe End Bolt/Nut (Push On Condition) Joint Assembled Weight Size Diameter Pressure 7 Load 7 Separation8 Size X Y X Y Z Each inches inches psi lbs. inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lbs. mm mm kPa N mm No. mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1 1/4 1.660 365 790 0.10 2 3/ x 2 3.13 5.00 2.75 5.00 2.00 1.4 32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 M10x2 79 127 70 127 51 0.6 1 1/2 1.900 365 1035 0.10 2 1/8 x 2 3.38 5.13 3.00 5.13 2.00 1.5 40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 M10x2 86 130 76 130 51 0.7 2 2.375 365 1616 0.12 2 /8 x2½ 4.00 5.63 3.50 5.63 2.00 1.9 50 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 M10x21/2 102 143 89 143 51 0.9 21/2 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 ¼x2½ 4.50 6.13 4.00 6.13 2.00 2.1 65 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 M10x21/2 114 156 102 156 51 1.0 76.1 mm 3.000 365 2580 0.12 2 3/eX2½ 4.63 6.00 4.13 6.13 2.00 2.1 76.1 2517 11476 3.05 M10x21/2 118 152 105 156 51 1.0 3 3.500 365 3512 0.12 3/sX2½ 5.13 6.75 4.63 6.75 2.00 2.3 80 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 2 M10x21/2 130 171 117 171 51 1.0 4 4.500 365 5805 0.17 2 3/sx2½ 6.00 7.88 5.63 7.50 2.13 2.9 100 114.3 2517 25822 4.32 M10x21/2 152 200 143 191 54 1.3 108.0 mm 4.250 365 5175 0.17 2 'Is x2½ 5.63 7.38 5.38 7.38 2.13 3.1 108.0 2517 23020 432 M10x21/2 152 1.87 137 187 54 1.4 5 5.563 365 8870 0.17 1/2 x 3 7.25 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 5.0 125 141.3 2000 39456 4 2.32 M12x3 184 235 171 232 57 2.3 133.0 mm 5.250 365 7897 0.17 2 ½x3 6.63 9.00 6.38 9.00 2.25 4.8 133.0 2517 35106 4.32 M12x3 168 229 162 229 57 2.2 139.7mm 5.500 365 8667 0.17 2 ½x3 6.88 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 4.9 139.7 2517 38529 4.32 M12x3 175 235 171 1 232 57 2.2 159.0 mm 6.250 365 11192 017 2 ½x3¼ 7.88 10.00 . 7.38 9.88 2.25 5.6 159.0 2517 49753 4.32 M12x31/4 200 254 187 251 57 2.5 165.1 mm 6.500 365 12105 0.17 2 ½ x 3¼ 8.00 10.25 7.75 10.13 2.25 6.0 165.1 2517 53813 4.32 M12x31/4 203 260 197 257 57 2.7 6 6.625 365 12582 0.17 ½x3¼ 8.38 10.38 7.88 10.13 2.25 6.0 150 168.3 2000 44469 4.32 2 M12x31/4 213 264 200 257 57 2.7 216.0 mm 8.500 365 20712 0.17 2 5/sX4 10.63 13.25 10.25 10.13 2.63 11.4 216.0 2517 55968 4,32 M16x4 270 337 260 257 67 5.2 8 8.625 365 21326 0.17 %x4 10.88 13.38 10.25 13.13 2.50 11.4 200 219.1 1620 94863 432 2 M16x4 276 340 260 333 64 5.2 / working iressure and End Load are total, from all inte'nal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) stee pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pbs. 8 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. FireLock EZTM couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. 9 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. NOTES When assembling FireLock EZTM couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZM Style 009N couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the 'QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. Use Of Flushseal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems FireLock EZTM couplings are supplied with FireLock EZT1 Grade 'E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSealTM gaskets are not compatible and cannot be used with the FireLock EZTM couplings. 10.64 7072 Rev G updated 10/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. s,ir1i,iIir mm 4 \4taullcr 11 victaulic.com I Couplings I FireLock I Rigid I Style 009N I Publication 10.64 6.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS Publication 05.01: Seal Selection Guide 1-0091 Installation Instructions FireLock EZTM Rigid Coupling 1] User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaolic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standairls and project specilicalions, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Pateni Pending" refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without Incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the 1-0091 Firelcck EZ Rigid coupling Installation Instructions for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in POE format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic, FireLock i Elush-Seal, and l installation- Readyn are trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/ or other countries. 10.64 7072 Rev G Updated 10/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4tauiicr Victaulic® Flexible Coupling jtt _au Iic Style 75 06.05 Exaggerated for clarity Approvals/Listings See Victaulic publication 10.01 for details See Victaulic pubcation 02.06 for portable water approvals if applicable. Product Description Style 75 is available where moderate press ares are expected or weight considerations are a factor. Up to 50% lighter in weight than the Style 77, the Style 75 coupling is recommended for service up to 500 psi/3450 kPa depending on size. Housings are cast in two identical pieces in all sizes. Hot-dip galvanized and special coatings are available for all sizes. The Victaulic standard flexible coupling offering for grade "EHP" or "T" gaskets is the Style 177 installation-ready flexible coupling. For all available sizes, the Style 177 is the standard flexible coupling Victaulic supplies in North America for piping systems using Grade "EHP" or "T" gaskets. Contact Victaulic for further details. Performance data presented in this document is based on use with standard wall, carbon steel pipe. For use with stainless steel pipe, please reference publication 17.09 for pressure ratings and end loads. When used on light wall stainless steel pipe, the Victaulic RX roll set must be used to roll groove the pipe. For further information regarding roll grooving stainless steel, refer to publication 17.01. I A WARNING I Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic Couplings. Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or NOTICE Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation RX on the front of the roll sets. Job/Owner System No. Location Contractor [Submitted By Date Engineer Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 06.05 1470 Rev 0 updated 09/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 ictaulic 2 J r__ tauIicr 06.05 1470 Rev 0 updated 09/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 S Material Specifications Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) Standard: Orange enamel. Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice') NOTE: Additional gasket styles are available. Contact Victaulic for details. Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-340C to +110°C. May be specified for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +730F/+230C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "1" Nitrite Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range 20°F to +180°F/290C to +82°C. May be specified for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not compatible for hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over +140°F/+600C. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183 3 4tauIcr 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 Dimensions Style 75 ISO Ril AMINO II 102111 1 IN tV- ij Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. Dimensions Approx. Nominal Outside Working End Pipe End Deflection from Weight Size Diameter Pressure 2 Load 2 Separation3 Centerline3 Bolt/Nut4 X Y Z Each Pipe inches inches psi lbs. inches Per Cplg. inches/ft. inches inches inches lbs. mm mm kPa N mm Degrees mm/nn (No.) size inches mm mm mm kg 1 1.315 500 680 0-0.06 0.57 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3 25 33.4 3450 3025 0-1.6 2°-43' 48 2-3/oX2 61 108 45 0.6 11 1/4 1.660 500 1080 0-0.06 0.45 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4 32 42.2 3450 4805 0-1.6 2-110' 38 2-3/8x2 68 117 45 0.6 1 1/2 1.900 500 1420 0-0.06 0.40 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 40 48.3 3450 6320 0-1.6 1°-56' 33 2-3/sx2 74 122 45 0.6 2 2.375 500 2215 0-0.06 0.32 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7 50 60.3 3450 9860 0-1.6 10-3 1' 26 2-3/sx2 87 133 48 0.8 2 1/2 2.875 500 3245 0-0.06 0.26 3.E8 5.68 1.88 1.9 65 73.0 3450 14440 0-1.6 - 1° 1 5' 22 2-3/eX2 98 144 48 0.9 76.1 mm 3.000 500 3535 0-0.06 10-12' 0.26 2-3/8 x2 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9 76.1 3450 15730 C-1.6 22 1C2 150 48 0.9 3 3.500 500 4800 0-0.06 0.22 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9 80 88.9 3450 21360 0-1.6 10-2' 18 2-½x234 114 178 48 1.3 3½ 4.000 500 6300 0-0.06 0.19 5.00 7.50 1.88 2.9 90 101.6 3450 28035 0-1.6 0°-54' 16 2-½x234 17 191 48 1.3 4 4.500 500 7950 0-0. 13 0.34 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 100 114.3 3450 35380 0-3.2 1°-36' 28 2-½x2~ 147 204 54 1.9 108.0mm 4.250 450 6380 0-0.13 1°-41' 0.35 2-12x70 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7 108.0 3100 28395 0-3.2 29 iLl 198 54 1.7 41/2 5.000 450 8820 0-0.13 0.25 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5 120 127.0 3100 39250 0-3.2 1°-26' 21 2-5/aX3¼ 156 240 54 2.5 5 5.563 450 10935 0-0.13 0.27 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8 125 141.3 3100 48660 0-3.2 10-18' 23 2-5/sx3¼ 175 256 54 2.6 133.0mm 5.250 450 9735 0-0.13 10-21' 0.28 2-16x82.5 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0 133.0 3100 43325 0-3.2 24 166 238 54 2.7 139.7 mm 5.500 450 10665 0-0.13 - 10-18' 0.28 2-%x3¼ 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3 139.7 3100 47460 0-3.2 24 173 244 54 2.9 152.4 mm 6.000 450 12735 0-0.13 - 10-12' 0.21 2-%x3¼ 7.38 10.48 1.88 6.2 152.4 3100 56670 0-3.2 18 187 266 48 2.8 6 6.625 450 15525 0-0.13 0.23 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0 150 168.3 3100 69085 0-3.2 1° - 18 2- 'Is X3¼ 203 281 54 3.2 159.0mm 6.250 450 13800 0-0.13 10-9' 0.24 2-16x82.5 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8 159.0 3100 61405 0-3.2 20 194 266 54 3.1 8 8.625 450 26280 0-0.13 0.18 10.34 13.97 2.13 12.4 200 219.1 3100 116945 0-3.2 00-50' 14 2-3,4x4¼ 263 355 59 5.6 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victauic for performance on other pipe. 3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 3/4 3 1h"/20 -90 mm; 25% for 4'7100 mm anc larger. Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. General Notes Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11h times the figures shown. 0 S victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 I Installation Note Reference should always be made to the I-tOO Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic tube installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard on our website at www.victuulic.com. equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic° is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. . 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. A—c—ta—ulill victaulic.com 4 3/4 - 12/20-300mm sizes 14 - 24/350 —600 mm sizes Victaulic® Standard Flexible Coupling A~_C_taulicrStyle 77 06.04 Approvals/Listings S@PrLPCBI® 104-la/04 See Victaulic publication 1001 for details See Victaulic publication 02.06 for potable water approvals F applicable. Product Description Style 77 couplings are designed with cross-ribbed construction to provide a component for pressure piping systems. The coupling is offered in a two piece housing design from 3/4 - 24/20 - 600 mm sizes for pressures up to 1000 psi/6900 kPa. All sizes are provided with plated bolts and nuts Galvanized and stainless steel housings are also available. Independent testing has shown the Style 77 coupling to be an effective stress relief and vibration attenuation device providing performance superior to braided steel and elastomeric arch-type connectors when used in close proximity to the source of vibration. Refer to publication 26.04 for vibration information. Independent testing has shown that Victaulic Style 77 flexible couplings provide functionality during and after earthquake conditions. Refer to publication 26.12 for further information. Performance data presented in this document is based on use with standard wall, carbon steel pipe. For use with stainless steel pipe, please reference publication 17.09 for pressure ratings and end loads. When used on light wall stainless steel pipe, the Victaulic RX roll set must be used to roll groove the pipe. For further information regarding grooving stainless steel pipe, refer to publication 17.01. For 14 - 24/350 - 600 mm flexible roll groove systems, Victaulic recommends Style W77 AGS couplings. For more information, request submittal publication 20.03. I A WARNING Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with Victaulic Couplings. Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage. NOTICE Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered separately. They are identified by a silver color and the designation RX on the front of the roll sets. Job/Owner System No. Location Contractor Submitted By Date Engineer Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date victaulic.com I Couplings I Standard Flexible I Style 77 I Publication 06.04 06.04 1469 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 ictaUlic S \ 4tauIi 06.04 1469 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. vittaulic.com 2 victaulic.com I Couplings I Standard Flexible I Style 77 I Publication 06.04 Material Specifications Housing: Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice) Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45- Li Standard: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, 12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, Grade 65- trackhead meeting the physical and chemical 45-15, is available upon special request. requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183 Housing Coating: (specify choice) Li Optional: ASTM F-593, Group 2, Type 316 stainless Li Standard: Orange enamel. steel oval neck track bolts. C Li Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice') NOTE: Additional gasket styles are available, contact Victaulic for details. Li Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-340C to +110°C. May be specified for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73017/+230C and hot +180017/+820C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Li Grade "1" Nitrile Nitrile (Orange stripe color code). Temperature range -20°F to +180°FI-290C to +82°C. May be specified for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not compatible for hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Li Optional: ASTM F-594, Group 2, Type 316 stainless steel heavy hex nuts with galling resistant coating. victaulic.com I Couplings I Standard Flexible I Style 77 I Publication 06.J4 Dimensions Style 77 3,4 - 12/20 -300 mm sizes 14 - 24/350 -600 mm sizes Actual Maximum Allow. Dimensions Approx. Nominal Outside Working Maximum Pipe End Deflection from Weight Size Diameter Pressure 2 End Load 2 Separation 3 Centerline 3 Bolt/4ut 4 X Y Z Each Pipe inches inches psi lbs. inches Per Cplg. inches/ft. inches inches inches lbs. Mill mm kPa N mm Degrees mm/rn (lo.) size inches mm mm mm kg 34 1.050 1000 865 0-0.06 0.72 2.13 4.00 1.75 1.1 20 26.7 6900 3850 1 0-1.6 3°-24 60 2- 1/.-x 2 1 54 102 44 0.5 1 1.315 1000 1,360 0-0.06 0.57 2.38 4.12 1.75 1.2 25 33.4 6900 6050 0-1.6 2°-43' 48 2-Tsx2 61 105 44 0.5 1 1/4 1.660 1000 2,160 0-0.06 0.45 2.65 5.00 1.88 2.0 32 42.2 6900 9610 0-1.6 2°-1 ' 38 2-Y2X2½ 67 127 48 0.9 1 1/2 1.900 1000 2,835 0-0.06 0.40 3.13 5.38 1.88 2.1 40 48.3 6900 12615 0-1.6 1°-56' 33 2-½x2Y2 79 137 48 1.0 2 2.375 1000 4,430 0-0.06 0.32 3.63 5.88 1.88 2.6 50 60.3 6900 19715 0-1.6 1-31' 26 2-½x2½ 92 149 48 1.2 57.0 mm 2.664 1000 3955 0-0.06 - 10 34' 0.33 2-½x2½ 3.43 5.73 1.90 3.0 57.0 6900 17592 0-1.6 27 87 146 48 1.4 21/2 2.875 1000 6,490 0-0.06 0.26 4.25 6.50 1.88 3.1 65 73.0 6900 28880 0-1.6 1-15' 22 2-½,.2% 108 165 48 1.4 76.1 mm 3.000 1000 7,070 0-0.06 1°-12' 0.26 2-½;K2 3% 4.38 6.63 1.88 3.2 76.1 6900 31460 0-1.6 22 111 168 48 1.5 3 3.500 1000 9,620 0-0.06 0.22 5.00 7.13 1.88 3.7 80 88.9 6900 46810 0-1.6 1°-2' 18 2-½x23% 127 181 48 1.7 31/2 4.000 1000 12,565 0-0.06 0.19 5.63 8.25 1.88 5.6 90 101.6 6900 55915 0-1.6 0°-54' 16 2- 5/ x 3 ¼ 143 210 48 2.5 4 4.500 1000 15,900 0-0.13 0.34 6.13 8.88 2.13 6.7 100 114.3 6900 70755 0-3.2 1°-36' 28 2-¼x3 1/4 156 226 54 3.0 108.0 mm 4.250 1000 14,180 0-0.13 i°-41' 0.35 2-16ic82.5 6.00 8.63 2.13 11.0 108.0 6900 63100 0-3.2 29 152 219 54 5.0 5 5.563 1000 24,300 0-0.13 0.27 7.75 10.65 2.13 10.6 125 141.3 6900 108135 0-3.2 10-18, 23 2-~j4¼ 197 270 54 4.8 133.0 mm 5.250 1000 21,635 0-0.13 1°-21' 0.28 2-20x 108 7.63 10.38 2.13 10.0 133.0 6900 96275 0-3.2 24 194 264 54 4.5 139.7 mm 5.500 1000 23,745 0-0.13 0- 1 18' 0.28 2-20x108 8.63 10.65 2.13 10.0 139.7 6900 105665 0-3.2 24 219 270 54 4.5- 6 6.625 1000 34, 470 0-0.13 0.23 8.63 11.88 2.13 12.0 150 168.3 6900 153390 0-3.2 1°-5' 18 2-3%.x4¼ 219 302 54 5.4 159.0mm 6.250 1000 30,665 0-0.13 io_9' 0.24 2-20>108 8.63 11.50 2.13 13.2 159.0 6900 136460 0-3.2 20 219 292 54 6.0 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved n accordance with Victaulic specifications. contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. 3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movemert available at each joint for standard roll grooved p pe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled, These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 1/4 -3 ½"/20 -90 mm; 25% for 4/100 mm and larger. 4 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. 5 Couplings 8, 10, 12"/200, 250,300mm sizes available to JIS standards. Refer to publication 06.17 fr detai;x. 6 For 14- 24/350 -600 mm Roll Groove systems Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System AGS" line of yoducts. Request publication 20.03 for information on the Style W77 flexible AGS coupling. 7 CIS size product is designed with two housings and requires two bolts. 06.04 1469 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.Com 3 . JtaUIiC U S victaulic.com I Couplings I Standard Flexible I Style 77 I Publication 06.04 lEBlI 3/4 - 12/20-300mm sizes 14 - 24/350 -600 mm sizes Actual Maximum Allow. Dimensions Approx. Nominal Outside Working Maximum Pipe End Deflection from Weight Size Diameter Pressure 2 End Load 2 Separation 3 Centerline I Bolt/Nut ' X Y Z Each Pipe inches inches psi lbs. inches Per Cplg. inches/ft. inches inches inches lbs. mm mm kPa N mm Degrees mm/rn (No.) size inches mm mm mm kg 6.500 1000 33,185 0-0.13 0.23 8.88 11.63 2.13 13.2 165.1 mm 165.1 6900 147660 0-3.2 10-6' 19 2-3,4x4¼ 226 295 54 6.0 8' 8.625 800 46,740 0-0.13 0.18 11.00 14.75 2.50 20.8 200 219.1 5500 207995 0-3.2 0 - o' 14 2-'/eX5 279 375 63 9.4 10' 10.750 800 73,280 0-0.13 0.14 13.63 17.13 2.63 31.1 250 273.0 5500 326100 0-3.2 00-40' 12 2-1x6 346 435 67 14.1 12' 12.750 800 102,000 0-0.13 0.12 15.63 19.25 2.63 27.8 300 323.9 5500 453900 0-3.2 - 00 34' 9 2-1x6½ 397 489 67 12.6 146 14.000 300 46,180 0-0.13 01-31' 0.11 2-1x3½ 16.75 20.25 3.00 39.2 350 355.6 2065 205500 0-3.2 9 425 514 76 17.8 377.0 14.842 300 51,875 0-0.13 00- 31 ' 0.11 2-1x3½ 17.39 20.96 2.80 48.8 mm' 377.0 2065 230,845 0-3.2 9 442 531 71 22.1 166 16.000 300 60,320 0-0.13 00- 27' 0.10 2-1x3½ 18.75 22.25 3.00 45 400 406.4 2065 268425 0-3.2 9 476 565 76 20.4 426.0 16.772 300 66,245 0-0.13 0°-27' 0.10 2-1 x3½ 19.69 22.92 2.92 56.7 mm7 426.0 2065 294,795 0-3.2 9 500 581 74 25.7 186 18.000 300 76,340 0-0.13 00- 24' 0.08 2-1Yex4 21.56 25.00 3.13 64.1 450 457.2 2065 339710 0-3.2 7 548 635 80 29.1 480.0 18.898 300 84,105 0-0.13 0.08 22.38 25.86 3.04 77.2 mm' 48.0 2065 374,265 0-3.2 0°-24' 7 2-1 '/sX4 569 655 77 35 206 20.000 300 94,000 0-0.13 0°-22' 0.08 2-1 Yax4 23.63 27.00 3.13 74.8 500 508.0 2065 418300 0-3.2 7 600 686 80 34 22 22.000 300 114,000 0-0.13 0°-19' 2-11/8x40.07 25.63 29.13 3.13 82.6 550 559.0 2065 507300 0-3.2 6 651 740 1 80 37.5 530.0 20.866 300 102,535 0-0.13 00- 22' 0.08 2-1'/sX4 24.29 27.80 3.07 91.7 mm' 530.0 2065 456,280 0-3.2 7 617 704 77 41.6 580.0 22.835 300 102,380 0-0.13 00-19' 0.07 2-1 Y8X4 26.76 30.01 3.12 92.8 mm' 580.0 2065 455,591 0-3.2 6 680 762 79 42.2 246 24.000 250 113,000 0-0.13 0.07 27.75 31.00 3.19 89.6 600 609.6 1725 502850 0-3.2 00-18' 6 2-1 '/sx4 705 787 81 40.7 630.0 24.803 250 102,790 0-0.13 00-18' 0.07 2-1Yex4 28.42 32.16 3.12 96.8 mm' 630.0 1725 457,416 0-3.2 _ 6 722 817 79 44 AGS See Style W77, Publication 20.03 14-24 AGS 350-600 - 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. 3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 34-3 ½"/20 -90 mm; 25% for 4/100 mm and larger. 4 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. 5 Couplings 8, 10, 12/200,250,300mm sizes available to JIS standards. Refer to publication 06.17 for details. 6 For 14- 24/350 -600 mm Roll Groove systems Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS) line of products. Request publication 20.03 for information on the Style W77 flexible AGS coupling. 7 CIS size product is designed with two housings and requires two bolts. General Notes Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1112 times the figures shown. 06.04 1469 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 \LtauIic victaulic.com I Couplings I Standard Flexible I Style 77 I Publication 06.04 Installation Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are instating. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.cnm. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Note This product shaL be nanafactured by Victaulic or to Victujlic specit cations. All products to be installed in accordance with oarrent Victaulic install.s:ionassen- bly ieslructicns. Victaulic reserves ther ght to charge product specificatnns, donignn and standard equipment withuu not e and without incurring obligatiocs. Trademarks Victaulic° is a reg utered tradema.r of Victaulic Company. [7: 06.04 1469 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 \JtauIic S STYLE 750 The Style 750 Reducing Coupling permits direct reduction on the piping run. Designed to replace two couplings and a reducing fitting, the Style 750 features a special reducing gasket for pressure responsive sealing. A steel washer which prevents telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger pipe during vertical systems assembly is available upon request. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others Gasket: (Specify choice*): Grade "E" EPDM (All other sizes) EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°FI+30°C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade "1' nitrile Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not recommended for hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over +140°F/+60°C. * Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Optional: Assembly Washer: Galvanized, carbon steel Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved www.victaulic.com \JtauIic VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_i 06.08_I CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS [11.1:11:] Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 DIMENSIONS 7-i . X~-. gas End Load ? Allow.IMax. Pip'ep. t fliElAoximill P1llefl C~v Foa-& _ U= Dimensions - Inches/mm 2 1 < 350 500 0 -0.07 . 0.20 - x2 2 3/8 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.7 50 - 25 - 2410 2225 0-1.8 17 85 134 48 1.2 1 ½ 350 1000 0-007 0 -5 0.20 - 2 -3/8x2 3.38 5.28 1.88 2.0 40 - 2410 4450 0-1.8 17 85 134 48 1.0 21/2 2 500 2215 0- 0.07 0 47' 0.16 - 2 3/8 2 4,00 5.93 1.88 3.1 65 50 3450 9850 0-1.8 - 14 102 151 48 1.4 76.1 mm x 2 350 1550 0-0.07 0.16 4.38 6.63 1.88 4.6 50 - 2410 6900 0-1.8 0. 14 2-V x 29' 111 168 48 2.1 3 2 350 1550 0-0.07 . , 0 -39 0.13 2-/2x2A 4.75 7.13 1,88 4.9 80 50 2410 6900 0-1.8 121 181 48 2.2 2½ 500 3250 0-007 o -39,0.13 2 -hx2/4 4.75 7.13 1.88 4.3 65 3450 14460 0-1.8 11 121 181 48 2.0 88.9mm x 76.1 mm 2410 350 2475 0-0 07 0-39' 113 2-½x2~ 4.75 7.13 188 4.2 - 11010 0-1.8 121 181 48 1.9 'I 2 350 1550 0-0.13 1 -19' 0.28 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.1 100 -. 50 2410 6900 0-3.2 25 2- 5/8 x 39' 159 226 57 3.7 211, 350 2275 0-0.13 . , 1 -19 0.28 2-5/8x3¼ 6.25 8.90 2.25 8.6 65 2410 10125 0-3.2 25 159 226 57 3.9 3 500 4810 0-0.13 1 -19' 0.28 2-5/8x3 6.00 8.90 2.25 6.7 - , - 80 , 3450 21400 0-3.2 25 152 226 57 3.0 1143mm x 76.1 mm 350 2475 0-0.13 V-191 0.28 2- 5/8 x 3 6.25 8.90 2.25 6.9 2410 11014 0-3.2 25 159 226 57 3.1 5 4 350 5565 0-0.13 1. 3' 0.22 - ' 2 3/ '< 49' 7.18 10.70 2.13 112 ><100 125 - 2410 24765 0-3.2 - 19 182 272 54 5.1 6 4 < 350 5565 0-0.13 . , 0 -52 0.18 2-4x44 8.63 11.90 225 16.7 150 , 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 15 181 302 57 7.6 5 350 8500 0-0.13 , 0 -52 0.18 2- 3Ax41/4 8.31 11.90 2.25 12.9 -- -125 - 2410 37825 0-3.2 15 211 302 57 5.9 165.1 mm x 4 350 5565 0 -0.13 . , 0 55 0.19 2-Ax4¼ 8.63 11.90 2.25 15.2 -- - - - - 100 2410 24765 0-3.2 16 219 302 57 6.9 8 6 350 12060 0-0.13 . , 0 -38 0.13 2-7/8x5 10.81 14.88 2.50 22.4 200 , - 1- 2410 53645 0-3.2 11 , 275 378 64 102 219.1 mm x 165.1 mm 350 11610 0-0.13 0.13 0' -38, 2-7/8x5 10.75 14.88 2.50 23.2 2410 51645 0-3.2 273 378 64 10.5 10 8 350 20450 - 0-0.13 0 -25, 0.9 2-1 X5/2 13.12 ' 17.26 2.62 31.4 __219.1 273 2410 90970 0-3.2 8 333 438 67 14.2 Style 750 Reducing couplings should not be used with end caps (#60) in systems where a vacuum may be developed. Contact Victaulic for details. Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. Maximum working pressure rating based on larger pipe size. Maximum End Load rating based on smaller pipe size. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 1 ½ times the figures shown. t Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard Cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for 3/4 - 31/2720 - 90mm; 25% for 47100mm and larger. @ Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING: Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, or adjust any Victaulic piping products. www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC Is A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 VICTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 06.08_2 \4taulicr REV_J n CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS Reducing Coupling STYLE 750 FLOW DATA HEAD LOSS The head loss across Style 750 Reducing coupling is very small and is essentially the same as for standard short body reducing pipe fittings. Equivalent lengths of standard weight steel pipe are shown in the tables. All data is based on water flowing at ambient temperature. FLOW REDUCING FLOW EXPANDING Equiv. Pipe Size Length 76.1 mm x 2 1 .9 76.1 mm 1.0 3 2 5.5 3 3.5 80 50 1.7 80 1.1 21/2 3.8 4 3.0 65 1.2 100 0.9 88.9mm x 76.1 mm 3.8 21/2 3 2.5 1.2 65 80 0.8 4 2 6.0 4 3.0 100 50 1.8 100 0.9 - - 76.1 mm x 889mm 2.5 3 6.0 1 43mm 30 80 1.8 09 114.3mm x 76.1 mm 6.0 3 4 2.5 1.8 80 100 0.8 5 4 3.0 4 5 3.3 125 100 0.9 100 25 1.0 6 - 4 6.0 6 4.6 150 100 1.8 150 1.4 125 165.1 mm 14 4 6.0 5 6 2.3 165.1 mm x 100 1.8 125 X _1 50 0.7 8 6 7.3 6 8 6.0 200 150 2.2 150 200 1.8 219.1 mm x 165.1 mm 7.3 165.1 mm x 219.1 mm J2.23 - 10 8 8.7 8 10 6.3 273 219.1 2.65 219.1 273 19.2 www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVJ \4taulic 06.08_3 STYLE 750 INSTALLATION Refererce should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. [IJ For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 06.08 1536 REV J UPDATED 08/2012 ictaulic viclAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2012 vICTAULIc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 06.08 Pipe Clamps . Fig. 24 - Hanger for CPVC Plastic Pipe & IPS Steel Pipe** ØTOLcQn Double Fastener Strap Side Mounted (B-Line B3183) .0 t 'iL us: Size Range: 3/4' (20mm) thru 2' (50mm) CPVC pipe usiiv Material: Pre-Galvanized Steel Function: Intended to perform as a hanger to support CPVC piping used in automatic fire sprinkler systems. Can be installed on the top or on the bottom - - of a beam. - Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) to support fire sprinkler piping. May be installed in wood using fasteners supplied with product, or into minimum 20 gauge (0.912mm) steel using (2) 1/4' x 1' tek type screws. Meets and exceeds the requirements of NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. Features: Fig. 24 incorporates features which protect the pipe and . -i... ease installation. The flared edge design protects the CPVC pipe from I any rough surface. Easily attaches to the building structure using the i A two UL Listed hex head self threading screws* furnished with the product. It is recommended that rechargeable electric drills fitted with I a hex socket attachment be used as installation tools. No impact tools (such as a hammer) are allowed. Damage has been known to 0 result from installations using impact type tools. No pre-drilling of a pilot hole in wood is required. B Finish: Pre-Galvanized B Order By: Figure number and pipe size i A * Hardened hex head self threading screw s furnished with the product and is the minimum fastener size acceptable. - - - ** With reduced spacing, consult factory. CPVC Max. Hanger Fastener Hex Approx. Pipe Size A B C Spacing Head Size Wt./100 Part No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) R. (m) in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 24-/4 . 3/4' l2) 2/16" (58.7) 15/32' (27.8) 1/16' (30.2) 51/2 (1.67) 5/16' (7.9) 9 (4.1) 24-1 1" (25) 2/8' (66.7) 1/16' (33.3) 13/16' (30.2) 6 (1.83) /t' (7.9) 9 (4.1) 24-11/4 11/4 (32) 3 (762) 11/2 13811 1/16 (302) 61/2 11981 - /16 (79) 11 (50) 24-11/2 11/2 (40) 31/4' (82.5) 1/8' 142.31 1/16' (30.2) 7 (2.13) s/it' (7.9) 12 (5.4) 24-2 - 2' (50) 311/16' (93.7) 127/32" 143.61 1/16' 130.21 8 (2.44) /16' (7.9) 15 (6.8) Li Fig. 25 - Surge Restrainer Size Range: - One size fits 3/4' (20mm) thru 2' (40mm) pipe. Material: - Pre-Galvanized Steel Function: - Designed to be used in conjunction with Fig. 200 band hangers to restrict the upward movement of piping as it occurs during sprinkler head activation or earthquake type activity. The surge restrainer is easily and efficiently installed by snapping into a locking position on the band hanger. This product is intended to satisfy the requirements as indicated in the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 13, 2010 edition, 9.2.3.4.4.1 and 9.2.3.4.4.4 Can be used to restrain either steel pipe or CPVC plastic Pipe. Approvals: - Underwriters Laboratories Listed only when used with band hanger Fig. 200, in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Finish: Pre-Galvanized Order By: Figure number and band hanger, size from 3/4 (20mm) thru 2' (40mm). Patent #5,344,108 B-Line All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. by ET.N 38 Fire Protection Solutions B UL Listed Fastener Table Pipe Size My Fastener Type Material 2" 2 #16 x 2" Drive screws Wood - 2' - 1 - /t" Lag bolt - Wood 1 - - - 1/2" Lag bolt - Wood 31/2" 2 1/4" x 11/2" Lag bolts Wood LIL -- 2 l/4"x2 Lag bolts ** - - Wood 4" 2 1/4" x 1" Tek screws Metal (15 gauge) f4" 2 -- 1/4" - xl" Tek screws' Metal(l6gauge) ** No pie-drilling - 2-#14x 1' Tek Type Screws Into Mm. 16 Gauge Steel Up to 4(100mm: pipe Bolt & Hex Nut Up to 0(100mm) pipe Per NFPA 1 - 3/8" or /2" Lag Bolts Up to 4" (loomm( pipe 2-#16x 2" Drive Screws '/2" (15mm) -4" (100mm) pipe Upper Attachments Fig. 58 - Threaded Side Beam Bracket Size Range: /8"-16 rod, pipe sizes 1/2" (15mm) thru 4" (1 00mm) Material: Pie-Galvanized Steel Function: Practical and economical bracket used to support piping from wood, concrete or steel beams. Features: Unique design allows rod to be easily threaded into bracket. Offset design permits unlimited rod adjustment. Center mounting hole will accept /8" and 1/2"fzstener bolts. Per NFPA 13: 1/2" (15mm) thru 2" (50mm) pipe requires /8" fastener, 21/2 (65rrm) thru 4" (100mm) pipe requires 1/2" fastener.* Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL), and Factory Mutual Engineering approved thru 4" (100mm) pipe. Finish: Pre-Galvanized Order By: Figure number and finish *Note: Additionally UL has listed the Fig. 58 with fasteners as shown in table below. 2- '/4 x 2 Lag Bolts (No Pre-Drilling Up to 4" IlOOmmI pipe Larger pipe sizes can be hung with reduced spacing. Part No. Pipe Size Rod A B C Approx. Wt/IOO in. (mm) Size in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (no,) Lbs. (g) 58 1/2" -4" (15-100) /8'"-16 2/4" (68.8) 11/2" 138.11 11/8" (28.8) 14 (3) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses ars in millimeters unless ctherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 85 BLiné by 4j Set Screw and Locknut Included Beam Clamps S Fig. 65 - Reversible Steel C-Type Beam Clamp 3/4" (19.0mm) Throat Opening Fig. 65X1 - Reversible Steel C-Type Beam Clamp 3/4" (19.0mm) Throat Opening (bottom of page) :ki ..isl c®o fiSTED Size Range: Fig. 65 - 1/2'13 rod sizes, and 5/8"-11 rod sizes Fig. 65XT - /8'-16 rod size (see below) Material: Steel with hardened cup point set screw and jam nut Function: Recommended for hanging from steel beam where flange thickness does not exceed 3/4" (19.0mm). Features: All steel construction eliminates structural deficiencies associated with casting type beam clamps. May be used on top or bottom flange of beam. (Beveled lip allows hanging from top flange where clearance is limited.) May be installed with set screw in up or down position. Offset design permits unlimited rod adjustment by allowing the rod to be threaded completely through the clamp. Open design permits inspection of thread engagement. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Exceeds requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), pamphlet 13, /8'-16 rod will support 1/2" (15mm) thru 4" (100mm) pipe 1/2'..13 rod will support thru 8" (200mm) pipe Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number and finish Fig. 65 Patent #4,570,885 . Part Rod Size B C D E No. A in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 65_1/2 /2"-13 11/2" (38.1) 3/4" (19.0) 1.' (25.4) /16" (14.3) 65-/ /8"-11 11/2" (38.1) - - 3/4" (19.0) 1,' (25.4) /16" (14.3) Part F Approx. Wt./100 No. in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 65-/2 11/4" (31.7) 55 (24.9) 65-5/s - 11/4" (31.7) 55 (24.9) B-Line by EiT.N Fig. 65X1-3/8 - Beam Clamp -"- 1" (25.4) Feature: Extruded holes allows for more thread engagement of threaded rod and set screw. 19/16" Weight: Approx. Wt./100 - 28.0 Lbs. (12.7kg) Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized 3/4' 6 ' Order By: Figure number and finish Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed (190) (cULus) and FM Approved (FM) for up to 4" 1100mm) pipe. Set Screw and 1/6' - Locknut Included - Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-0. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 13 Beam Clamps Fig. 69R - Retrofit Capable Beam Clamp Retaining Strap Size Range: /8"-16 & 1/2'13 rod 4(101,6mm) thru 16" 406.4mm) lengths Note: longer lengths are available consult factory Material: Pre-Galvanized Steel Function: To offer more secure fastening of various types of beam clamps to beam where danger of movement might be expected. NFPA 13 requires the use of retaining straps with all beam clamps installed in earthquake areas. Satisfies requirements of NFPA 13. Features: Beveled locking slot* is precisely formed to align with the threaded section of a hanger rod or set screw and engage the unit securely. May be used as shown in Section "A-A" or inverted. Allows easy installation for new construction or retrofit applications. Important Note: Good installation practice of a retaining strap requires that the strap be held tightly and securely to all component parts of the assembly. Therefore the beveled locking slot of the Fig. 69R will provide a secure reliable installation. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Approved for use with any listed beam clamp. Finish: Pre-Galvanized Order By: Figure number, length, and finish. Note: Minimum return on strap is 1" 125.4mm1 For Use With: Any B-Line or TOLCO beam clamp. * Patent #5,947,424 Slot Width Length Part No. in. (mm) [_3I8_7/-16" (30.1) - - Specify 69R-'/2-L /16" (30.1) Specify ØTOLçQ Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System US!E! A-A All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions show-) in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions BLiné byj' VID - Fig. 65X1 Reversible Beam Clamp W-Beam Fig. 75 Swivel - - - Attachment All Threaded Rod May be used with a pitched roof application, to meet requirements of NFPA 13 f2010) Sec. 9.1.2.5. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 86 Fire Protection Solutions BLinè by ECt.N Upper Attachments 0 Fig. 75 - Swivel Attachment Size Range: - /'-16 Rod Attachment Material: Steel Function: Recommended applications for this product: May be used as a Branch Line Restraint for structural attachment to anchor bolt, beam clamp, etc. May be used in a pitched or sloped roof application, to meet requirements of NFPA 13 (2010) 9.1.2.6. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) to support up to 4' (1 00mm) pipe. Finish: Electro-Galvanized Weight: Approx. Wt./100 - 13.3 Lbs. 16.0kg) Order By: Figure number Patent: #7,887,248 --------------------- C Fig.78 Ali Steel Ceiling Plate 0 Fig. 75 Swivel Fig. 200 All Threaded Red (V "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger - Fig. 25 Surge Restrainer May be used as a structural attachment component of a branch line restraint I USTED, Part No. Threads Recommended Load Approx. Wt./100 Ft. & Size Per Inch Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kg) ATR 1/4" x 1' 20 240(1.07) - 12 (5.44) AIR 3/8 x '1' 16 730 (3.24) 29 (13.15) [ ATR'12 x 1 13 1350 600 53 (2404) AIR 5ir x L' - 11 2160 (9.60 - 89 (40.37) [ATR3/4 xL 10 - 3230 (1437) - 123 155791 - AIR hg" x'1' 9 4480 (19.93) 170 (77.11) Threaded Accessories r®TOLO S TL Specify Length TL Thread Size B3205 - Threaded Rod (right-hand threads - both ends) (TOLCO Fig. 103) B32051 - Threaded Rod (right & left hand threads) Size Range: I8-16 thru 3-4 rod Material: Steel Function: Recommended for use as a hanger support in hanger assemblies. Rod is threaded on both ends with right hand threads of the length shown. Also available with left and right hand threads - specify Fig. B3205L when ordering. Maximum Temperature: 750°F (399°C) Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, rod size, length and finish Standard Design Load Thread Size Thread Length TI 650°F (343°C) 750°F (399°C) Part No. A in. (mm) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kN) [B3205_318 x /8'-16 21/2' (63.5) - 730 - 13.251 572 - (2.54) B3205-1l2x L - 1/2"_13 21/2" (63.5) 1350 (6.00) 1057 (4.70) T B3205 5/ex L 5/8"-11 21/2 (65) 2160 19611 1692 (7.52) - B3205-3/4 x /4'-10 3' 176.21 3230 (14.37) 2530 (11.25) B3205-1/8 x L /8"-9 31/2"_- (88.9) 4480 (19.93) 3508 (1560) For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog. ATR - All Threaded Rod (TOLCO Fig. 99 & Fig. 100) Size Range: /8'-16 thru 11/2"-6 rod in 10' (3.05m) lengths Material: Steel Maximum Temperature: 750°F (399°C) Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line (or alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, rod size, length and finish Note: Fig. 99 is cut to length all threaded rod. Fig. 100 is full length. For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog Bi.ine All dimensions in charts and on drawings .re in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. by 94 Fire Protection Solutions Fig. 200-1 to 200-2 Fig. 200-21/2 to 200-8 All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 21 B-Line by E1'N Pipe Hangers Fig. 200 - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger (B-Line Fig. B311ONF) Fig. 200F - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Felt Lining (B-Line Fig. B311ONFF) y Fig. 200C - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Plastic Coated (B-Line Fig. B317ONFC) Fig. 200S - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Non-Captured Nut FM Size Range: Fig. 200 - 1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm) pipe Material: Steel, Pre-Galvanized to G90 specifications Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features: (1/2" (15mm) thru 2" (50mm)) Flared edges ease installation for all pipe types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion. Captured design keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily installed around pipe. For hanger with non-captured nut order Fig. 200S. (21/2" (65mm) thru 8" (200mm)) Spring tension on nut holds it securely in hanger before installation. Adjusting nut is easily removed. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed (1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm)) in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (FM) (3/4" (20mm) thru 8" (200mm)). Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-171E &A-A-1192A, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, Type 10. Maximum Temperature: 650°F (343°C) Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Stainless Steel . materials will be supplied with (2) hex nuts in place of a knurl nut. Order By: Figure number and pipe size Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM IDS 2-0. - Fig. 200C I Fig. 200 Fig. 200F Pipe Size Rod Size A B Approx. Wt.I100 Part No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kg) 200-1/2 1/2' (15) /8"-16 31/8' (79.4) 2/8" (66.7) 11 )5.0) I / 200-I4 3/4' (20) /8'-16 31/8 (79.4) 21/2' (63.5) 11 (5.0) 200-1 1 (25) /8 16 3/8 (85.7) 2/8 (66 7) 12 (5.5) 200_11/4 11/4' (32) /8"-16 33/4 (94.0) 2/8' (73.0) 13 (5.9) 200-11I2 11/2' (40) /8"-16 3/8 (98.4) 2/8" (73.0) 14 (6.4) 200-2 2' (50) /811-16 41/2 (114.3) 3' (76.3) 15 (6.9) 200-21/2 21/2" (65) /8"-16 5/8 (142.9) 41/8' (104.7) 27 (12.3) 200-3 3" /t-16 5/8 (149.1) 4 1O16( - 29 _- Fig 200S 200-31/2 31/2 (90) V81-116 13/8 (1873) 51/4 (1333) 34 (156) 200-4 4' (100) /8'-16 7/8' (187.3) 5-1 (127.0) 35 116.01 200-5 5 (125) 1/2 13 91/8 (231.8) 61/4 (1587) 66 200-6 6' (150) 1/2"13 101/8" (257.2) 6/4 (171.4) 13 (33.4) 200-8 8' (200) 1/2"..13 131/8" (333.4) - 3/' (222.2) - 136 (62.3) C HHIS and Hex Nuts Included Seismic Bracing Fig. 4A - Pipe Clamp for Sway Bracing Size Range: 4" (100mm) thru 8" (200mm) pipe. For sizes smaller than 4" (100mm) use B3140. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 4" (100mm) thru 8" (200mm). Installation Instructions: Fig. 4A is the 'braced pipe attachment component of a longitudinal, lateral or riser brace assembly. It is intended to be combine with the bracing pipe' and TOLCO transitional and structural attachment component(s) to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4A over the pipe to be braced. Attach TOLCO transitional fitting, either Fig. 980, 910 or 909, to the clamp ears. Tighten bolts and nuts; torque requirement is a minimum of 50 ft/lbs. )68Nm). Transitional fitting attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish Note: Please refer to Fig. 4L for longitudinal brace applications for 2" (50mm) - 8" (200mm) pipe sizes. Fig. 4A Longitudinal Brace Pipe - Max. Horizontal Approx. Part Size A B C D Bolt Design Load Wt./100 No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Size lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg) 4A_4 4 (100) 81/2" (215.9) /16')1&3) 3/t° (85.7) 3/16" (93.7) V2"-13 221 (100.2) 4A-5 5" (125) 93/4" (247.6) /16" (14.3) 3/8" (98.4) 4/8" (111.1) 1/2"..13 1600 (7.11) 253 (114.7) 4A 6 - 6' (150) 1 11/2 (292 11 /8)159(5 (1270)61/8 (1 i5) 1/2"-1-3 2015(8 96) 513 (2327) 4A-8 8" (200) 131/4 (336.5) 3/4" (19.0) 611/16" (169.9) 61/8" (155.6) 112"_13 2015 (8.96) 601 (272.6) Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible oily with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing conponents will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. 0 All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are ii millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 49 BLiflë byE7?.'j' Set Bolts & Hardware Included Maximum Design Load 2015 lbs. (8.96kN) UL Listed as Hanger Attachment for 6" (150mm) Pipe at Maximum Spacing 3/s" (9.5) Shown with Fig. 910 Fig. 82E ) Side View Shown with Fig. 910 Fig. 825 / Fig. 1000 All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 56 Fire Protection Solutions B-Line by ET'N Seismic Bracing 40 Fig. 825 - Bar Joist Sway Brace Attachment To Steel Size Range: One size accommodates all Fig. 900 Series sway brace attachments. Maximum Horizontal Design Load 2015 lbs (8.96kN). Material: Steel '' Function: To attach sway bracing and hanger assemblies ' to steel members. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment point which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NEPA 13 indicates the importance of concentric loading of connections and fasteners. Permits secure non-friction connection without drilling or welding. Unique design reinforces point of connection to joist. Break off head set bolt design assures verification of proper installation torque (mm. 31 ft-lbs.). Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). For FM Approval information refer to page 57. Installation Instructions: Fig. 825 is the structural attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with a TOLCO transitional attachment, "bracing pipe' and a TOLCO "braced pipe' attachment, to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 825 on the steel beam, tighten the cone point set bolts until heads break off. Attach other TOLCO transitional attachment fitting, Fig. 980, 910, 909, or any other TOLCO approved transitional fitting. Transitional fitting attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized and HDG Approx. Wt./100: 247.5 Lbs. (112.2kg) . Order By: Figure number and finish US Patent #6,098,942, Canada Patent #2,286,659 Fig. 825 Fig. 980 I-Beam Brace Max. Bar joist shown attached 6152.4mm) to various roof material 1\ F -Shown with Fig. 910 (25.4mm) 1/2" Bolt & Nut Furnished Top View May pivot in any direction Front View Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. ..i fl, ®us U USTEIJ K Set Bolt Included Mounting Hardware Is Not Included Seismic Bracing Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - /8" to 3/4" Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe 1' (25mm) thru 2' (50mm), B-Line 12 gauge (2.6mm) channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4' (31 .7mm) thick. Material: Steel Function: Multi-functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Installation: Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the 'bracing pipe" and TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 2002, 4L, 4A or approved attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe. Tighten the set bolt until the head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals: —Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). For FM Approval information refer to page 67. Note: Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and Fig. 1001, 1000, 2002, 4A or approved attachment to pipe that make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized or Stainless Steel. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes. Order By: Figure number and finish. Pat. #6,273,372, Pat. #6,517,030, Pat. #6,953,174, Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat. #7,441,730, Pat. #7,669,806 Fig. 41... Fig. 980 0 I' Longitudinal Brace Part Mtg. Hdw. Mounting Hole Max. Design Approx. Number Size A B 0 Load (ciilus) Wt./100 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kg: 980-I8/g" (9.5) - 51/4" (133.3) 1/8" l47.l 13/32" (10.3) - 2015 18.96i 149 (67€) 980-1/2 * 1/2" (12.7) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 17/32" (13.5) 2015 (8.961 148 (67.1) 980-/8 - /8" (15.9) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 11/16" (17.5) 2015 (8.96, 147 (66.7) 980-/4 3/4" 119.01 51/4" 1133.31 1/8" (47.6) 13/16" (20.5) 2015 18.961 146 (66.) * Standard size Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in accition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing compcnents that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. B-Line by fffforj All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 66 Fire Protection Solutions APPROVED K Set Bolt Included Mounting Hardware Is Not Included Seismic Bracing n Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - /8" to 3/4" ®TOLO Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe 1" (25mm) thru 2" (50mm), B-Line 12 gauge (2.6mm) channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" (31.7mm) thick. Material: Steel Function: Multi-functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Installation: Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 4L, or other TOLCO approved attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe". Tighten the set bolt until the head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals: —Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). For UL Listed information refer to page 66. Note: Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and Fig. 1000, 1001, 4L or other TOLCO approved attachment to pipe that make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized or Stainless Steel. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes. r L Order By: Figure number and finish. Fig. 980 Pat. #6,273,372, Pat. #6,517,030, Pat. #6,953,174, Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat. #7,441,730, Pat. #7,669,806 Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. Fig. 4L Longitudinal Brace Part Mtg. Hdw. Mounting Hole Max. Design Load** (FM) Approx. Number Size A B D 30° - 440 450 590 60° 74° 75° -90° W000 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbsf)kN) lbs./(kN) lbsj(kN) lbsl(kN) lbs. (kg) 980-I8 /8" (9.5) - 51/4" (133.3), 1/8" (47.6) - 13/32' (10.3) 149 (67.6) 1 980-1/2 * 1/2" (12.1) 51/4" (133.3) 1/8" (47.6) 17/32" (13.5) 1320 1910 2310 2550 148 (61.1) 980-I8 5/g" (15.9) - 51/4" (133.3) 1/8" (47.6) 11/16" (17.5) (5.87) 18.761 (10.27) (11.34) 141 (66.7) 980.I4 3/4" (19.0) 51/4" (133.3) 1/8" (41.6) 13/16" (20.5) 146 (66.2) * Standard size. '° Installed with 1" or 11/4" Schedule 40 brace pipe. FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 67 B-Line by ET.N 9@ us, usThn Seismic Bracing Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1' (25mm) thru 8(200mm) IPS. Pipe size used for bracing: 1' (25mm) and 11/4 (32mm) Schedule 40 IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Seres fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forning a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1' (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). For FM Approval information refer to page 71. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (V (25mm) or 11/4' (32mm)), and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactu-ed to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the UL Listing requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. Pipe Size in. (mm) Part Number & Approx. Wt./100 1" (24mm) Brace Pipe 11/4" (32mm) Brace Pipe Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) Design Load - Lbs. For Brace Pipe Size 11' I 11/4" Sch. 1 Sch. 10 Sch. 40 1" /l'/4" 1"/1'/4' 1" /l'/i" (25) 1001-1 X 100.0 (45.3) 10011X11/4 118.0 (53.5) 1000/ 1030 1000/1000 11/4" (32) 1001-11/4 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001.11/4 X 11/4 - 114.0 (51.7) -- / -- - 1000 / 1 03 1000/1000 [11/2 (40) 1001 1'/2 X 1 1000 (453) 1001 11/2 X 1'/4 1150)521) - - / - 1500 / 1530 1500 /1500 (50) 1001-2 X 108.0 149.01 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 (54.8) -- / -- 2015/2015 2015/2015 [21/2 (65) 100121/2 X 1386 16281 1001-21/2 X 11l4 1604 (727) 1600/1600 2015/2735 2015 /2765 (80) 1001-3 X 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 1600/1600 2015/2735 2015/2765 (100) 10014X1 - - 1609 (730) 1001-4 X 11/4 1824 (827) 1600/1600 - 2015/27352015/2165 6" (150) 1001-6 X 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 11/4 211.4 (95.9) 1600 /1600 2015 /2735 2015 /2765 8" (200) 1001-8 X 217.4 198.61 1001-8 X 11/4 238.8 (108.3) 1600/1600 - 2015/2735 2015/2765 - All dimensions in charts and on drawing:t are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in m IlimElers unless otherwise specified. B-Line by 70 Fire Protection Solutions Seismic Bracing 0. Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1' (25mm) thru 8' (200mm) IPS. Pipe size used for bracing: V (25mm) and 11/4' (32mm) Schedule 40 lPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Can be used as a component of a four-way riser brace. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1' (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). For UL Listed information refer to page 70. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (1' (25mm) or 11/4" (32mm)) , and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure S performance, the FM Approval requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. k.i) .•..j APPROVED Pipe Size in. (mm) Part Number & Approx. Wt./100 1" (24mm) Brace Pipe 11/4" (32mm) Brace Pipe Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) Design Load- For Sch. 1, Sch. 10, & Sch. 40 Pipe Allowable Horizontal Capacity (lbf) Per Installation 1.2.3 30°-44° 45°-590 60°-14° 750..900 Lbs. )kN) Lbs. )kN) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kNI (25) 1001-1 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1 X 11I4 118.0 (53.5) 1800 (8.00) 2550 (11.34) 3120 (13.88) - 3490 (25.52) 11/4" (32) 1001-1'/4 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/4 X 11/4 114.0 (51.7) 1230 (5.47) 1140 17.741 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 11/2"1401 1001-11/2 X 100.0 (45.3) 1001_11/2 X 11/4 115.0 (52.1) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) (50) 1001-2 X 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 (54.9) 1230 15.471 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 21/2 (65) 1001 21/2 Xi 1386 (628) 1001-21/2 X 11/4 1604 (727) 800 (356) 1130 (502) 1380 (614) 1540 (685) 1801 1001-3 X 1 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1410 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) 4 (100) 1001-4 X - 1609 (730) 1001-4 X 11/4 1824 18271 850 (378) 1200 (534) 1470 (654) 1640 (729) 6" (150) 1001-6 Xi - 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 11/4 211.4 (95.9) 510 (2.27) 130 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 8" (200) 1001-8 X - 217.4 (98.6) 1001-8 X 11/4 238.8 (108.3) 1 510 (2.27) 130 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 1 FM Approved when used with 1 or 11/4 inch NPS Schedule 40 GB/T 3091 EN 10255H, or JIS G3451 steel pipe as the brace member. 2 Load rating for LW above refers to FM Approved Lightwall Pipe commonly referred to as "Schedule 7". These ratings may also be applied when EN 10220 and GB/T 8163 steel pipe. 3 Load rating for Schedule 10 above may be applied to GB/T 3092,EN 10255M and H, or JIS G3454, FM Approved Thinwall, or Schedule 40 steel pipes. Note: See UL load ratings in UL Listed Design Load chart shown under drawing. • All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-tune Fire Protection Solutions 71 by ET.N Sk irniqI Insert the appropriate nut driver into a 318" or 112" portable drill. Insert the SAMMYS into the #14 (black) nut driver (p/n 8113910). Drill should be in a vertical position Push the face of the nut driver fight to the member Begin installation when the nut driver spins freely on the SAMMYS, stop drill and remove. The SAMMYS is now ready to receive 1/4", 3/8' 1/2" or metric all thread rod, bolt stock. (The 1/2" requires the #I4SW red nut driver) Note: When installing DSTR, follow the above instructions, then add retainer nut and torque to 20 foot lbs. for maximumpullout in purlin steel. EM rFri OT- ir Insert the appropriate nut driver into a 3/8" or 112" portable drill. Insert the SAMMYS into the #I4SW (red) nut driver (p/n 8114910). With drill unit in a horizontal position and at a right angle to the structural member, begin installation. When the nut driver spins freely on the SAMMYS, stop the drill and remove. The unit is now ready to receive 1/4", 3/8", Mb, M8 or metric all thread rod or bolt stock Note: When installing SWDR, follow the above instructions, then add retainer nut and torque to 20 foot lbs. for maximum pullout in puriin steel. L] 1INSTALLATION STEPS !1i1iJ.i'1b INTO CONCRETE: Using an SOS 250 carbide tip bit or a HEX RECEIVER with a #250 carbide tip bit, pre-drill the concrete member to a depth of 2" with a hammer/rotary hammer drill set on impact mode. After pre-druling has been completed, install the SLEEVE TOOL over the bit (the bit should remain in the drill), and insert the #14 (black) nut driver (p/n 8113910) into the opposite end (see Vertical Installation note above). Insert the CST screw into the nut driver Place tip of screw into the pre-drilled hole, turn impact/drill unit to drill mode and begin insertion. When the nut driver spins freely on the CST screw, installation is complete. Stop and remove drill. The concrete screw is ready to receive 1/4' 3/8'c 1t2' or metric all thread rod or bolt stock. (#I4SW red nut driver used with 112" screw) Note: Use a 1200 maximum RPM drill for installation. Note: Do not install concrete screws while the drill unit is in impact mode - doing so will destroy the pullout factor of the screw INSTALLATION STEPS 9190t, INTO CONCRETE: Using an SDS 250 carbide tip bit or a HEX RECEIVER with a #250 carbide tip bit, pre-drill the concrete member to a depth of 2" with a hammer/ rotary hammer drill set on impact mode After pro-drilling has been completed, install the SLEEVE TOOL over the bit (the bit should remain in the drill), and insert the #I4SW (red) nut driver (p/n 8114910) into the opposite end. Insert the SWC screw into the nut driver Place tip of screw into the pre-drilled hole, turn impact/drill unit to drill mode and begin insertion. When the nut driver spins free on the SWC screw, installation is complete. Stop and remove drill. The SWC screw is ready to receive 1/4", 3/8" or metric all thread rod or bolt stock. Note: Use a 1200 maximum RPM drill for installation. Note: Do not install concrete screws while the drill unit is in impact mode - doing so will destroy the pullout factor of the fastener. r9_0111mi ______ itikill l ii lii lHrn SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. SAMMYS® FOR WOOD No pie-drilling required. Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. Saves time from traditional methods. Reduces installation costs. Manufactured in the U.S.A. Watch a video demonst,auooa www.itwbulldex.comJ a. #14 Black Nut Driver Part # 8113910 1- #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 - 1/4' 8002957 GST 100 1/4 x 25 125 1/4" 8003957 GST 200 114x2 1760 (F)) 25 125 1 3/8 8007957 GST 10 1/4x1" 300 25 125 8008957 GST 20 1/4 x2 1760 j) 850 1475 25 ] 3/8 8068925 GST 20-SS 114x2 1760 (Fir) 850 25 125 3/8_8009925 GST 2S-380 3/8x2-117 2113(Ft)1500 25125j 8' 3/8 8010957 GST 30 1/4 x 3' 2060 (Fir) 1500 1475 25 125 3/6" 8069925 GST 30-SS 1/4 x 3 2060 (Fir) 25 125 1 - 1/2 8013925 GST2 1/4x2" 1760 (Fir) 25 125 1/2 8015925 GST3 1/4x3" 2275_(Fir) - - 25 1251 WNUFACTUREDUSA SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. 0 07A.MMI WMIj YSi Not less than 2 nominal width (1-1/2") op to 3-1/2" pipe; not less than 3" (2-1/2") nominal width 4 & 5" pipe I Floor Joist Minimum 2-1/2" from bottom for branch lines. Minimum 3" from bot- tom for mainlines. Exception: This requirement shall not apply to 2 or thicker nailing ships resting on top of steel beams. Consult ) recornme 'Pre-drilling r SWG 25-380 No pre-drilling required. Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. Saves time from traditional methods. Reduces installation costs. Manufactured in the U.S.A. Watch a video demonst,a0on at www.ftwbuildex.com Q :,uMf..iur.1uMi 1/4" 8019957 SWG 200 1/402" 1725 (Fir) 25 125 3/8 8020957 SWG 10 1/4 x V 622 (.Fir) 300 25 125 a 3/8 8021957 20 --SWG 1/4 x 2 1725 (Fir) 1050 25 125 3/8 8073925 SWG 20-SS 1/4 x 2" 1725 (Fir) 850 25 125 1 3/8" 8022925 SWG 25-380 3/80 2-1/2 2249 (Fir) 1500 25 125 #14SW Red 3/8 - 8023925 SWG 30 1/4x3 1884 (Fir) 25 125 1 Nut Driver Fart #8114910 * May require pre-drilling; cnosuft joist manufacturer. Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. Accommodates up to 3 /2" x 12 pitch roof. Allows 17" deflection from vertical. Saves time from traditional methods. Reduces installation costs. Manufactured in the U.S.A. rr#14 Black —.LILI Nut Driver 3/8" 8139957 SH-GST 20 1/4x2 1257 (Fir) 1050 1475 25125 Pàrt#8113910 1903 Dim, Lumber 3/8"" 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 5/16 x 1-3/4" 1500 1406 @ 45"off vertical 25 125 850 @5" Dim. Lumber 903 Dim. Lumber 1/2' 8303957 SH-GST/CST2.0 5/16x 1-3/4" 1406@45"off vertical 25 125 Dim. Lumber May require pre-dilling; cnnsuti joist manufacturer. #14 SH Orange Nut Driver Part # 8273910 1/4" 8024957 DSTR 100 * 1/4-20 xl" TEKS 3 1510 (20 ga.) .036-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 1/4" 8025957 DST 100 1/4-14 vi" TEKS3 446 )gaj .036"-20 ga 3116" 25 125 1 1/4" 8026957 DST 150 1/4-14x 1-1/2" TEKS 3 970 (16 ga.) .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 114" 8027957 DST 200 1/4-14 x 2" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga. .036-20 ga 3/16" 25 i] 1/4" 8030957 TEK 500 12-24x1-1/2" TEKS S 3125 (3/16") .188'3/16" 1/2" 25 125 3/8" 8038957 DSTR1 * 114-20x1" TEKS 3 1510 (209a) 1500 1475 .036'-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 1 3/8" 8037957 DSTR 1-1/2 * 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 1510 (3/16") 1500 1475 .060"-16 ga. 1/2" 25 125 8039957 DSTR 516" 5116-18x 1-1/4TEKS3 2200 (0 _g2j 1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 1] 3/8" 8040957 DST 10 1/4-14 xl" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga.) 970 (116 ga.) .036-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 3/8" 8077925 DST 1O-SS 1/4-14x1"TEKS3 446 (20 .036-20 ga 3/16" 25 1251 3/8" 8041957 DST 15 1/4-14 x 1-1/2" TEKS 3 446 (20 ) .036"-20 ga 3/16' 25 125 3/8" 8078925 DST 15-SS 1/4-14x1-i/2" TEKS 3 446 (20 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 3/8" 8042957 DST 20 1/4-14 x 2" TEKS 3 446 (20 g .036-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 3/8" 8044957 DST 30 1/4-14x3" TEKS 3 446 (20 ga 970 (16ga) .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 318" 8045957 DST 516 5/16-18x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 1500 (3116") 1500 1475 .125-1/8" 3/16" 25 125 3/8" 8046957 TEK 50 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 3125 (3/16") 1500 1475 .250-1/4" 1/2" 25 125 1/2" 8031925 DST 2.0 1/4-14 x 2" TEKS 3 446 (20 .188-3/16" 1/4" 25 125 1/2" 8033925 DSTR 1.0" 1/4-20 xl" TEKS 3 1510 (209a.) .036"-20ga 3/16" 25 125 ] 1/2" 8034925 DSTR 5.16 * 5/16-18 x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 2220 (20 ga.) .036"-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 1/2" 8035925 DST 5.16 5/16-18x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 1500 (3/16") .125-1/8 3/16" 25 125 1 1/2" 8036925 TEK 5.0 12-24 v 1-1/2" TEKS 5 3125 (3/16") .188-3/16" 1/2" 25 125 "Includes retaining nut #14 Black Nut Driver Part # 8113910 i - #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 S SAMMYS® FOR STEEL Jr XJbill V74.111.0 _x_ Made with Teksu self-drilling fasteners - no pre-drilling required. Installs into steel range from 20 gauge - 1/2" thicknesses. Saves time from traditional methods. Reduces installation costs. Quick to install using the Sammys Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. A standard screwgun with a depth sensitive nosepiece should be used to install Teks. For optimal fastener performance, the screwgun should be a minimum of 6 amps and have an RPM range of 0-2500. Manufactured in the U.S.A. Wtha deo demo,sfraOon wwwitwbuildex.comj I! ___ SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM The nut ddvers were designed with a unique Spin-Off feature which provides a fast and safe installation Q MUFACT _______ OUSk V each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations, 0 6~Ahybyyff i- #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 Made with Teksa self-drilling fasteners - no pre-drilling required. Installs into steel range from 20 gauge - 1/2" thicknesses. A standard screwgun with a depth sensitive nosepiece should be used to install Teks. For optimal fastener performance, the screwgun should be a minimum of 6 amps and have an RPM range of 0-2500. Saves time from traditional methods. Reduces installation costs. Quick to install using the Sammys Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. Watch a odes demonst,anonat I Manufactured in the U.S.A. www.itwbuildex.comj S 1/4" 8047957 SWO 100 1/4-14 xl" TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060-16 ga 3/16" 25 125 1/4" 8049957 SWDR 100" 1/4-20x1" TEKS 3 1900 (20 .036"-209a 3/16" 25 12j 3/8" 8050957 SWD 10 1/4-14 x " TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060-16 ga 3/16' 25 125 8080925 SWD 10-SS 1/4-14v1" TEKS 3 1477 .060"-l6 ga 3/16' 25 125 J 3/8" 8052957 SWD 20 1/4-14x2' TEKS 3 1477 (16 ga.) .060-16 ga 3/16' 25 125 3/8' * 8055957 SWDR 1 114-20 x1" TEKS 3 1900_(202a.) 1500 1475 .03T-20 ga 3/16" 25 125 318" 8054957 SWDR 1-1/2 * 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 2375 (3116") 1500 1475 .188-3/16" 1/2" 25 125 3/8 8056957 SWDR S16" 5/16-18 x 1-1/4" TEKS 3 2480 (20 ga,) 1500 1475 .036"-20 ga 3/16" 77 125] 3/8" "Includes retaining nut 8057957 SWT 15 12-24 x 1-1/2" TEKS 5 2375 (3116') .188-3/16" 112" 25 125 0 i #14 SH Orange Nut Driver Part #8273910 2368 (1/2" steel Vertical) 3/8" 8268957 SH-TEK 50 12.24 x 1-3/4" 1306(45" off Vertical) 1500 (Vertical) 4" 3/16" 1/2" 25 125 TEKS 5 2281 (3/16" HSS) 850 (45" off Vertical) 2-1/2" 1585 (3/16" HSS 45" off Vertical) 2368 (1/2" steel Vertical) 12-24 n 1-3/4" 1306(45" off Vertical) 1/2" 8270957 SH-TEK 5.0 3/16" 1/2" 25 125 TEKS 5 2281 (3/16" HSS) 1585(3/16" HSS 45" off Vertical) "Does not comply with ROH$ requirements/Includes retaining nut SA MiVi Y K-PRESS Installs into Metal Deck, Purlin, or Tubular Steel The Sammy X-Press expands to provide direct vertical attachment in: - light gauge steel deck or purlin (22 ga. - 1/8"). Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press It® Tool, saving time & installation costs. Use in applications where access to the back of the installed fastener is prohibited. ie, metal roof deck, tubular steel, or vapor barber fabric. Less jobsite material needed. No retaining nut required. Provides design flexibility. "Manufactured in the U.S.A. _Wavh a video demonstiation at wwwitwhuildex.com 1/4" 8181922 XP 200 Sammy 1146 (22 gal 185 (Luminaire) .027" .125" 25 125 Metal Deck X-Press 200 250 )Luminaire) .056' 850(2W Pipe) .027" Sammy 185 (Luminaire) .027" 940 (2" Pipe) .029' 3/8" 8150922 XP 20 1 X-Press 20 1146(22 ga) 250 (Luminaire) .056' 475 (4' Pipe) .104' .125" 25 125 Metal Deck 283 (Conduit & Cable) .029' 1500 (4" Pipe) .060' 02 3/8" 8153922 XP 35 Sammy 185 (Luminaire) .029" 940 (2" Pipe) .029' X-Press 35 1783 (16 gal 250 (Luminaire) .056" 1475 if Pipe) .104' 416 )Cenduit& Cable) .059" 125' 25 125 Purlin X-Press 20 1146 (22 ga) 850 (2'A Pipe( 25 125 (Pre-Pour) 3/8" 8150922 XP 20 - Sammy Pre-Pour Structural Cuncrete@ 3000 psi Metal D Post-Pour Range II LWC5 35 PCF )lbs/I( Metal Deck (Post-Pour) Pre-Pour Structural Concrete @ 3000 psi Post-Pour Range II LWCS 35 PCF (lbsl ft') The Sammy X-Press Sidewinder expands to • Less jobsite material needed. 1: provide horizontal attachment in: 16 ga 3/16 steel puhin tubular steel No retaining nut required 'Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press ItO Tool, • Provides design flexibility. saving time & installation costs. "Manufactured in the U.S.A. Use in applications where access to the back of the installed fastener is prohibited; ie, metal roof )SWXP) deck, tubular steel, or vapor barber fabric. Watch a video demonstsation at www.itwbuildex.com If! 1LML•')L._ __________ :..i _________ .___:_" I L - Sidewinder . 250 (34' Pipe) t. 3/8" 8293957 SWXP35 1798(l5ga) 80 )Lumnaire( .059' .125' 25 125 Purlit X-Press 35 _..410 Condu4Qble)____________________________________________ MANUFACTURED USA 5k The Sammy X-Press Swivel allows you to hang plumb in extreme root pitches: - 89° in z-pudin - 45" in metal deck for 12/12 pitch to IlaEVAE Installs in seconds with Sammy X-Press lt Tool, saving time & installation costs. OR 14 NIRMI the Use in applications where access to the back of installed fastener is prohibited. ie. metal roof deck, tubular steel, or vapor barrier fabric. Less jobsite material needed. No retaining nut required. Provides design flexibility. Manufactured in the U.S.A. Watch a 4dev demonst,aCvo at www.itwbuildex.com 0 L llh1ëThi327I® 750(2"Pipe) 170 Vert/cal (Luminaire) 3/8" 8294922 SXP 20 Swivel 1081 122 ga Veil) 80 © 45" (Luminaire) .029" 635 (2" Pipe) .029" .125" 25 125 Metal Deck X-Press 20 829(45" Off Veil) 283 Vertical (Conduit & Cable) 233 @ 45° (Conduit & Cable) 1250 (3-1/2" Pipe) 250 Vertical (Luminaire) . 3/8" 8295922 SXP 35 Swivel 1675 (16 ga Vert) X-Press 35 1558)89" Off Veil) 80 @ 90" (Luminaire) .059" 635 (2" Pipe) .029" .125" 25 125 Pu/in 500 Vertical (Conduit & Cable) 333 @ 89" )Conduit & Cable) Swivel 1061 (22 ga Veil) 1/2" 8272957 SXP 2.0 X-Press 20 829 (45" 0ff Veil) Swivel 1675(16 ga Veil) 1/2" 8271957 SXP 3.5 X-Press 3.5 1558)89" Off Veil) .027" 125" .960" .125" 25 125 Metal Deck I 25 125 Pudin The Sammy X-Press expands to provide direct vertical attachment in: - metal deck (22-16 gauge) - z-purlin (18-16 gauge) Manufactured in the U.S.A. Wanh a,idxv demvoskation at www.itwbuildex.com I 0 JXPIT° Universal X-Press It Tool 8152910 XPDB 25/64" Drill Bit "Tool Includes: Sleeve, Bit Receiver, Hex Wrench, and 25/64" Drill Bit MMYS STAY UP TO CODE! 'with aqukier, ______ • more efficient way HIM to flash your refrlger*tloeffreezer units. INSULATED STRUXIMMU Complies with NFPA 13 Code Changes. Flashing for dry pendant sprinklers subject to extreme temperature changes. One piece construction is easy to install. Pipe diameter markings ensure accurate fit. EPDM temperature range of -65°F to +250°F. 4003910 1 1/4' -2" 4-3/4" 3" 10 4004910 2 1-3/4" - 3-1/4" 6-1/4" 4" 10 Adaptor Plug (a) Socket Driver for SAMMYS )b) Socket Driver for Ceiling Wire Screws (c) Socket Driver for 1/4" Standard Nut Drivers (d) Stud Plug for Viper or Ladd Powder Actuated Attachment (e) (Items not sold seperately) Watch ido dmont,ation at www.i8ebuifdex.com The Pole Tool and Universal Socket Kit provide easy and safe installation for: Sammys - Jack Chain Threaded Rod - Wire Pencil Rod - Screws Ceiling Screws Ideal for retrofit and hard-to-reach projects in wood and steel. [ 8123910 Pole Tool 8124910 Pole Tool 12'(4'- 12') 1 [ 8125910 Pole Tool 18'_(L- _18') 1 8126910 Pole Tool 24'(8'- 24') 1 I Speedy Pole Tool Installation (specify choice when ordeifng pole tool) 8127910 Sammys Socket Driver 1 [ 8128910 Ceiling Wire Socket Driver for wire and chain 1 8129910 Universal Pole Tool Socket Kit 1 Iart Number Model Ea.•' Features [ 8130910 Spot Rite Level 1 i •1/2", 3/4", and 1" threading Magnetic strip for ease of use Pocket Sized Lightweight 3-vial design for measurement of 01, 45°, and 90° angles APPROVALS 8007957 GST10 3/8" Vertical - - pvç" 300 1-1/2" 8020957 SWG 10 318" Horizontal CPVC 1-1/2" 300 1-1/2" - - 8008957 GST2O 3/8" - Vertical 2-1/2" -- - 850 1-1/2" 4" 1475 11/20, 8068925 GST2O-SS 3/8" Vertical 2-1/2" 850 1-1/2" [oiogsi GST3O 3/8 Vertical - 4 - - 1500 11/2 4 1475 11/2 8009925 GST 25-380 3/8" Vertical 4" 1500 1-1/2" [802292 SWG 25 380 3/8 Horizontal - 31/24 1500 - 11/2 8021957 SWG 20 3/8" Horizontal 2-1/2" - 3** 1050 1-1/2" 8073925 SWG 20-SS 3/8" Horizontal 2-1/2" 850 1-1/2" 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 3/8" 45" Angle off Vertical 2-1/2" 850 1-1/2" [09957 - SH-GST/CST2O3/8" 45" Angle offVertical 4" -- - 1500 1-1/2" 8139957 SH-GST2O 3/8" 17" Angle off Vertical 1050 1-1/2" 4" 1475 1-1/2" L038957 DSTR1 3/8" - Vertical- 1500 .035" 4 1475 .105" 8037957 DSTR 1-1/2 3/8" Vertical 4" 1500 .035" 4" 1475 .105" r8039957 DSTR 516 3/8 - - 4 - 1_5 _ 037 - 4 1475 105 8045957 0S1516 318" - -Vertical Vertical 4" 1500 .188" 4" 1475 .188" [Q957 TEK 50 3/8 Vert 4 00 250 4 1475 8 8055957 SWDR 1 3/8" Horizontal 4" 1500 .037" 4" 1475 .060" f 1305695 SWDR 516 3/8" Horizontal 4" 1500 .037" 4" 1475 .060" 8054957 SWDR 1-1/2 3/8" Horizontal 4" 1500 .037" 4" 1475 .060" L15H-DSTR1 3/8" 17" Angle off Vertical 4" 1500 .035" 4" 1475 .105" 8268957 SH-TEK 50 3/8" Vertical 2-1/2" 850 70 Angle off Vertical 4" 1500 r 922 3/8" Vertical 2-1/2" 850 .027" 2: 940 .029" XP 20 4_ 1475 .1051 . L_ _____- _______________.._ - __________________________ 8153922 XP 35 3/8" Vertical 4" 1500 .060" 4 1475 125" [94922SXP2O 3/8"Verticakirupto45"750 2T' 2635 .O29" 8295922 SXP 35 3/8" Vertical orupto89" 3-1/2" 1250 .060" 2" 635 .029" F-0-930 SWXP35 3/8" Horizontal 3-1/2" 1250 .060" SAMMYS FOR CONCRETE- PIPE HANGER L 80597 CST 20 - 3/8" Vertical - - 4" 1415 3000 8061957 SWC 20 3/8" Horizontal 4" 1475 3000 [8150922 XP 2'0 -- 3/8" -- Vertical - 2-1/2" 850 Pre-Pour Structural @3000p 8150922 XP 20 3/8" Vertical 2-112" 850 Post-Pour Range II LWC :5 35 PCF (lbs/tt3) L 8150922 XP 20 3/8" Vertical 250 035 -- 185 m7 8153922 XP 35 3/8" Vertical 250 .035 .027 8181922 XP 200 [ 1/4" Vertical 250 .035' Vertical 170 .027" 8294922 SXP 20 3/8" Vertical 250 060' L 825922 SXP 35 3/8 90" 80 .060 8293957 SWXP35 3/8' Horizontal 80 060 ModelPart 1Rod Mount UL Direction Rating Load (lbs) UL Steel Thickness IVlT.ii iNumber i TUBING, AND CABLE 8150922 XP 20 3/8 Vertical 283 027" Max 4 trade size EMT, RMC,F8LMC &5trade size rigid PVC conduit 8153922 XP 35 3/8' -- Vertical 500 - - 060" Max 4 trade size EMT 6 trade sze RMC, 1MG, and rigid PVC conduit _& 8294922 SXP 20 3/8' [ - - Vertical 283 ----- Max 4trade size EMT, RMC and lMC&5trade size rigid PVC conduit 8295922 SXP 35 3/8 - - - Vertical 500 .060 - Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, 1MG, and rigid PVC conduit [ 8293957 SWXP 35 3/8 Horizontal 500 060 Max 4 trade size EMT & 6 trade sze RMC, 1MG, and rigid PVC conduit UL Listed 4S16 - Cable Hanger, Cat No. C-Z2000 Plenum Rated, 8149957 CZ2000 1/4 or 3/8 Onto Vertical Rod Complies W/ NEC Standards Sheet Steel Gauges j_Gauge . - 22 p. 209a. - 18ga. . -- 16ga. _jga_ 1ga_ 1/8" - 3/16" 1/4" Nominal Decimal Equivalent .030" .036" .048" .060" .075" .105" .125" .188" .250" 25-380 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joistallowed by UL is 3-1/2" UL compliance with NEC Standards. SWG 25-380 Maximum pipe size in wood timber anoint allowed by UL is4 UL and FM tests were performed in compliance with NFPA 13 Standards. "SWG 20 Maximum pipe size in composite wood joist allowed by UL is 2-112" Fastening requirement times weight of water-filed schedule 40 pipe plus 250 pounds. SWG 20 Maximum nine size in wood timber or isist allowed by UL is 3 SPECIAL NOTES Engineering Note In 1996, the anchors listed by UL were tested in plate steel that measured .188" and .118". Subsequent testing was done for z-purlin applications in May 1997 using (.037") or20 gauge steel. Most recently in 2008, testing with the new Sammy X-PressO was completed using (.030") or 22 gauge steel metal deck. Sammys® Nut Drivers Special nut drivers were designed to be used with Sammys. When the appropriate nut drivers are used for installation, the driver spins freely on the screw after installation is complete and eliminates the expected wrist snap, reduces over-torque, and prevents screw failure. Steel Screws Due to variations in hardness of certain metals, it should be noted that our self-drilling screws for steel will experience different drill speeds. 500-1500 RPM drill speed should be used. Metric Products Metric versions of the Sammy anchors are available at www.itwbuildex.com Sammys for Seismic Please visit www.itwbuildex.com for our current Seismic product offerting. Vibratory EnvironmentsV For attaching or anchoring in high vibratory environments, special care should betaken not just for building attachments but also for the hangers or assemblies being supported. Consult local code authorities for accepted anchoring devices. Composite Joist/Truss Truss manufacturers vary installation recommendations for composite joist. UL testing was completed to validate that Sammys and Sidewinders SWG 20 and SWG 25-380 can be installed into the top cord of a truss. Sammy GST 20 can be installed into the center of the lower cord of a composite joist. Penetration of the upright center web is permitted by some joist manufacturers. Consult truss manufacturer for recommended installation point. Pre-drilling may be required by joist manufacturers. If so, pre-drill pilot hole 1/8" smaller than root diameter of fastener. Consult the table below: Model Root Diameter Hole 1rSize GST 2O .182" 1/8" GST 25-380 .280" 7/32" SWG 20 .182" 1/8" SWG 25-380 .280" 7/32" To increase efficiency of the installation process, sleeve tools, bit receivers, and wood bits are available for pre-drilling NFPA/NEC Standards All UL and FM testing complies with NFPA 13 and NEC standards. Check with your local (AHJ) Authority Having Jurisdiction to confirm application and usage. UL Listings / FM Approvals UL and FM reports are available at www.itwbuildex.com U TED AUO SlED AS AS000R MR -RE 4AAS 9.1 Technical Drawings Technical drawings are available and can be downloaded at www.itwbuildex.com in the following formats: .dwg, .dxf, and .igs. Manufactured in the U.S.A. Products Contact Information MANUFACTURED USA Technical Assistance: (800) BUILDEX Option #6 (x 3259) Customer Service: (800) BUILDEX Option #1 --- Fire Protection by Computer Design COSCO FIRE PROTECTION 4990 GREENCRAIG LANE SAN DIEGO CA, 92123 858-444-2000 Job Name : SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Building Location : ESFR WAREHOUSE System : 1 Contract : 10.CA_5318 Data File : SAFC PH.2 ESFR TREE #1 .WXF Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 COSCO FIRE PROTECTION SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 . HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Project name: SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Location: ESFR WAREHOUSE Drawing no: Date: 7/6/2016 Design Remote area number: 1 Remote area location: Occupancy classification: STORAGE Density: ESFR - Gpm/SqFt Area of application: - - SqFt Coverage per sprinkler: 100 - SqFt Type of sprinklers calculated: PENDENT No. of sprinklers calculated: 12 @ 35P51 In-rack demand: - GPM Hose streams: 250 - GPM Total water required (including hose streams): 1472.88 -GPM Type of system: WET Volume of dry or preaction system: - Gal Water supply information Date: 4/29/2016 Location: ON SITE . Source: MISSION CONSULTING / CARLSBAD FIRE Name of contractor: COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Address: 4990 GREENCRAIG LANE / SAN DIEGO / CA, 92123 Phone number: 858-444-2000 Name of designer: FELIPE Authority having jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE Notes: (Include peaking information or gridded systems here.) Page 1 Date 7/6/2016 @ 93.621 -Psi Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Water Supp 00TECTION urve C 10 COSCO FIRE Page 2 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/6/2016 City Water Supply: Demand: Cl - Static Pressure : 108 Dl - Elevation : 10.827 C2 - Residual Pressure: 74.7 D2 - System Flow : 1222.88 C2 - Residual Flow : 4175 D2 - System Pressure : 93.621 Hose ( Demand ) : 250 D3 - System Demand : 1472.88 Safety Margin : 9.533 150 140 130 p120 R° E10° -- D 590 S80 - C2 u 70 R6° E5° 47L 30 20 10 ....... I I I I I 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 FLOW ( N " 1.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Fittings Use ummary is 10 COSCO FIRE OTECTION Page 3 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/6/2016 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 1/2 % 1 11/4 1¼ 2 2¼ 3 3¼ 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 F NFPA 13 90 Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 L NFPA 13 Long Turn Elbow 0.5 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 8 9 13 16 18 24 27 30 34 40 T NFPA139O Flow thruTee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 V 90 Eli Firelock #001 0 0 0 0 0 3.5 4.3 5 0 6.8 8.5 10 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Zwd Watts 709DCDA Fitting generates a Fixed Loss Based on Flow Units Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Note: Fitting Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with . The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values supplied by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustment. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFactors of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Pressure I Flow Summary - STANDARD COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 4 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/6/2016 I de Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press Actual Actual Req. El 28.0 16.8 35.12 na 99.57 0.001 0.001 35.0 E2 28.0 16.8 35.38 na 99.92 0.001 0.001 35.0 E3 28.0 16.8 36.29 na 101.2 0.001 0.001 35.0 Ri 28.0 41.09 na E4 25.0 16.8 41.75 na 108.55 0.001 0.001 35.0 E5 28.0 16.8 35.0 na 99.39 0.001 0.001 35.0 E6 28.0 16.8 35.25 na 99.75 0.001 0.001 35.0 E7 28.0 16.8 36.16 na 101.03 0.001 0.001 35.0 R2 28.0 40.94 na E8 28.0 16.8 40.29 na 106.64 0.001 0.001 35.0 E9 28.0 16.8 35.01 na 99.4 0.001 0.001 35.0 E10 28.0 16.8 35.26 na 99.76 0.001 0.001 35.0 Eli 28.0 16.8 36.17 na 101.04 0.001 0.001 35.0 R3 28.0 40.95 na E12 28.0 16.8 40.3 na 106.65 0.001 0.001 35.0 M4 25.0 50.17 na R4 28.0 50.05 na Fl 28.0 52.52 na F2 28.0 53.77 na F3 28.0 54.3 na F4 28.0 54.83 na LR4 28.0 57.4 na M5 25.0 50.39 na R5 28.0 50.44 na F5 28.0 52.44 na F6 28.0 53.05 na F7 28.0 53.66 na F8 28.0 54.26 na LR5 28.0 57.2 na 25.0 50.45 na 28.0 50.5 na F9 28.0 51.35 na F10 28.0 51.96 na Fli 28.0 52.56 na F12 28.0 53.16 na LR6 28.0 57.21 na TOR 25.0 62.57 na A 25.0 60.96 na Ml 25.0 49.99 na M2 25.0 49.76 na M3 25.0 49.77 na LM4 25.0 59.88 na LM5 25.0 59.85 na BOR 0.75 75.08 na UG1 -3.0 77.45 na BF1 3.0 78.87 na BF2 -3.0 93.99 na TEST 3.0 93.62 na 250.0 The maximum velocity is 24.08 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes Ri and Ml Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 5 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/6/2016 Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt leHyd. Ref. .Co.or Ftng's Pe Pv Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn El 99.57 2.635 0.0 8.833 35.124 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E2 99.57 0.0285 0.0 8.833 0.252 Vet = 5.86 E2 99.92 2.635 0.0 8.833 35.376 K Factor= 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E3 199.49 0.1034 0.0 8.833 0.913 Vet = 11.74 E3 101.20 2.635 1 16.474 5.250 36.289 K Factor= 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 Ri 300.69 0.2208 0.0 21.724 4.796 Vet = 17.69 Ri 108.55 2.635 1 16.474 3.000 41.085 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 Ml 409.24 0.3905 0.0 19.474 7.605 Vet = 24.08 0.0 409.24 49.989 K Factor= 57.88 E4 108.55 2.635 1 16.474 2.583 41.746 K Factor= 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 -1.299 Ri 108.55 0.0335 0.0 19.057 0.638 Vet = 6.39 0.0 108.55 41.085 K Factor = 16.94 E5 99.39 2.635 0.0 8.833 35.000 K Factor = 16.80 .120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 6 99.39 0.0285 0.0 8.833 0.252 Vet = 5.85 E6 99.75 2.635 0.0 8.833 35.252 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E7 199.14 0.1030 0.0 8.833 0.910 Vet = 11.72 E7 101.02 2.635 T 16.474 5.250 36.162 K Factor= 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R2 300.16 0.2200 0.0 21.724 4.780 Vet = 17.66 R2 106.64 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 40.942 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 M2 406.8 0.3862 0.0 19.474 7.521 Vet = 23.93 0.0 406.80 49.762 K Factor 57.67 E8 106.64 2.635 T 16.474 3.583 40.292 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R2 106.64 0.0324 0.0 20.057 0.650 Vet = 6.27 0.0 - 106.64 40.942 K Factor= 16.67 E9 99.40 2.635 0.0 8.833 35.007 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E10 99.4 0.0285 0.0 8.833 0.252 Vet = 5.85 E10 99.76 2.635 0.0 8.833 35.259 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Eli 199.16 0.1030 0.0 8.833 0.910 Vet= 11.72 011 101.03 2.635 1 16.474 5.250 36.169 K Factor = 16.80 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R3 300.19 0.2201 0.0 21.724 4.782 Vet = 17.66 R3 106.65 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 40.951 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 M3 406.84 0.3863 0.0 19.474 7.522 Vet = 23.94 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations -'Hazen-Williams cosco FIRE PROTECTION Page 6 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/6/2016 Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt ,yd. ef. 'C' or Ftng's Pe Pv Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 0.0 406.84 49.772 K Factor= 57.67 E12 106.65 2.635 T 16.474 3.583 40.300 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R3 106.65 0.0325 0.0 20.057 0.651 Vel = 6.27 0.0 106.65 40.951 K Factor= 16.67 M4 149.59 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 50.166 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 -1.299 R4 149.59 0.0606 0.0 19.474 1.181 Vel = 8.80 R4 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 12.417 50.048 to 120.0 2V 11.807 28.281 0.0 Fl 149.59 0.0607 0.0 40.698 2.470 Vel = 8.80 Fl 0.0 2.635 2V 11.807 8.750 52.518 to 120.0 0.0 11.807 0.0 F2 149.59 0.0607 0.0 20.557 1.247 Vel = 8.80 F2 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 53.765 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F3 149.59 0.0607 0.0 8.750 0.531 Vel = 8.80 F3 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 54.296 0 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F4 149.59 0.0607 0.0 8.750 0.531 Vel = 8.80 F4 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 25.958 54.827 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 LR4 149.59 0.0607 0.0 42.432 2.575 Vel = 8.80 LR4 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 57.402 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 LM4 149.59 0.0606 0.0 19.474 1.181 Vel = 8.80 0.0 149.59 59.882 K Factor= 19.33 M5 160.73 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 50.390 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 -1.299 R5 160.73 0.0693 0.0 19.474 1.349 Vel = 9.46 R5 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 12.417 50.440 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 F5 160.73 0.0693 0.0 28.891 2.002 Vel = 9.46 F5 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 52.442 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F6 160.73 0.0694 0.0 8.750 0.607 Vel = 9.46 F6 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 53.049 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F7 160.73 0.0693 0.0 8.750 0.606 Vel = 9.46 F7 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 53.655 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0693 0.0 8.750 0.606 Vel = 9.46 .8160.73 8 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 25.958 54.261 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 LRS 160.73 0.0693 0.0 42.432 2.941 Vel = 9.46 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 7 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/6/2016 Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt vyd. ef. "C' or Ftng's Pe Pv Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn LR5 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 57.202 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 LM5 160.73 0.0693 0.0 19.474 1.349 Vet = 9.46 0.0 160.73 59.850 K Factor= 20.78 M6 160.24 2.635 1 16.474 3.000 50.455 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 -1.299 R6 160.24 0.0689 0.0 19.474 1.342 Vet = 9.43 R6 0.0 2.635 0.0 12.417 50.498 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F9 160.24 0.0689 0.0 12.417 0.855 Vet = 9.43 F9 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 51.353 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F10 160.24 0.0689 0.0 8.750 0.603 Vet = 9.43 F10 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 51.956 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Fli 160.24 0.0689 0.0 8.750 0.603 Vet = 9.43 Eli 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 52.559 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F12 160.24 0.0689 0.0 8.750 0.603 Vet = 9.43 12 0.0 2.635 3E 24.711 34.000 53.162 to 120.0 0.0 24.711 0.0 LR6 160.24 0.0689 0.0 58.711 4.046 Vet = 9.43 LR6 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 57.208 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 12.127 LM6 160.24 0.0689 0.0 19.474 1.341 Vet = 9.43 0.0 160.24 70.676 K Factor= 19.06 TOR -1222.88 6.357 T 37.72 2.000 62.572 to 120.0 0.0 37.720 0.0 A -1222.88 -0.0406 0.0 39.720 -1.613 Vet = 12.36 A 470.55 4.26 2E 26.334 68.167 60.959 to 120.0 0.0 26.334 0.0 Mi -752.33 -0.1161 0.0 94.501 -10.970 Vet = 16.93 Mi 409.24 4.26 0.0 8.333 49.989 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M2 -343.09 -0.0272 0.0 8.333 -0.227 Vet = 7.72 M2 406.80 4.26 0.0 8.167 49.762 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M3 63.71 0.0012 0.0 8.167 0.010 Vet= 1.43 M3 406.84 4.26 0.0 8.083 49.772 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M4 470.55 0.0487 0.0 8.083 0.394 Vet = 10.59 M4 -149.59 4.26 0.0 9.333 50.166 ' 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5 320.96 0.0240 0.0 9.333 0.224 Vet = 7.22 MS -160.72 4.26 0.0 9.750 50.390 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M6 160.24 0.0067 0.0 9.750 0.065 Vet = 3.61 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route ill Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 8 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/6/2016 Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt ,yd. ef. 'C' or Ftng's Pe Pv Notes Point at Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 0.0 160.24 50.455 K Factor= 22.56 A -470.55 6.357 2E 35.205 120.000 60.959 to 120.0 0.0 35.205 0.0 LM4 -470.55 -0.0069 0.0 155.205 -1.077 Vel = 4.76 LM4 149.59 6.357 0.0 9.333 59.882 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 LM5 -320.96 -0.0034 0.0 9.333 -0.032 Vel = 3.24 LM5 160.72 6.357 0.0 1.750 59.850 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 10.828 LM6 -160.24 -0.0011 0.0 1.750 -0.002 Vet = 1.62 0.0 -160.24 70.676 K Factor = -19.06 TOR 1222.88 6.357 2V 25.147 24.250 62.572 to 120.0 0.0 25.147 10.503 BOR 1222.88 0.0406 0.0 49.397 2.004 Vel = 12.36 BOR 0.0 6.16 L 12.911 8.000 75.079 to 140.0 0.0 12.911 1.624 UG1 1222.88 0.0356 0.0 20.911 0.745 Vel = 13.16 UG1 0.0 5.86 3L 34.508 66.167 77.448 150.0 0.0 34.508 -2.599 BF1 1222.88 0.0399 0.0 100.675 4.021 Vet = 14.55 BF1 0.0 6.16 3L 38.734 12.000 78.870 to 140.0 Zwd 0.0 38.734 13.312 * * Fixed Loss = 10.713 BF2 1222.88 0.0356 0.0 50.734 1.804 Vel = 13.16 BF2 0.0 5.86 G 3.834 13.750 93.986 to 150.0 T 38.342 42.176 -2.599 TEST 1222.88 0.0399 0.0 55.926 2.234 Vel = 14.55 250.00 Qa = 250.00 1472.88 93.621 KFactor = 152.22 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 0 - - - Fire Protection by Computer Design COSCO FIRE PROTECTION 4990 GREENCRAIG LANE SAN DIEGO CA, 92123 858-444-2000 Job Name : SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Building Location : ESFR GRID @ WAREHOUSE System : 2 Contract : 10.CA_5318 Data File : SAFC PH.2 ESFR GRID #2.WXF Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 COSCO FIRE PROTECTION SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 4) HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Project name: SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Location: ESFR GRID @ WAREHOUSE Drawing no: Date: 7/6/2016 Design Remote area number: 2 Remote area location: Occupancy classification: ESFR Density: ESFR - Gpm/SqFt Area of application: - - SqFt Coverage per sprinkler: 100 - Sq Ft Type of sprinklers calculated: PENDENT No. of sprinklers calculated: 12 @ 35PS1 In-rack demand: - GPM Hose streams: 250 - GPM Total water required (including hose streams): 1453.32 - GPM Type of system: WET Volume of dry or preaction system: -Gal Water supply information Date: 4/29/2016 Location: ON SITE . Source: MISSION CONSULTING / CARLSBAD FIRE Name of contractor: COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Address: 4990 GREENCRAIG LANE / SAN DIEGO / CA, 92123 Phone number: 858-444-2000 Name of designer: FELIPE Authority having jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE Notes: (Include peaking information or gridded systems here.) Page 1 Date 7/6/2016 @ 79.726-Psi Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Water Supp urveC COSCO FIRE P OTECTION SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Page S 2 Date 7/6/2016 City Water Supply: Demand: Cl Static Pressure : 108 Dl - Elevation : 10.827 C2 - Residual Pressure: 74.7 D2 - System Flow :1203.32 C2 - Residual Flow : 4175 D2 - System Pressure : 79.726 Hose ( Demand ) : 250 D3 - System Demand :1453.32 Safety Margin : 23.547 150 140 130 p120 R° :° '_____________ : R6° E50 40 30 20 10 --i— I I I I I I 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 FLOW ( N" 1.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Fittings seummar COSCO FIREINOTECTION Page 3 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/6/2016 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 1/2 11/4 1¼ 2 2¼ 3 344 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 E NFPA 139O'StandardElbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 L NFPA 13 Long Turn Elbow 0.5 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 8 9 13 16 18 24 27 30 34 40 T NFPA139O' Flow thruTee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 V 90' Ell Firelock #001 0 0 0 0 0 3.5 4.3 5 0 6.8 8.5 10 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Zwd Watts 709DCDA Fitting generates a Fixed Loss Based on Flow Units Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Note: Fitting Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with *• The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values supplied by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustment. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFactors of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Pressure I Flow Summary - STANDARD COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 4 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/6/2016 Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press Actual Actual Req. w El 28.0 40.34 na E2 28.0 40.34 na E3 28.0 40.34 na Ri 28.0 40.34 na E4 25.0 41.64 na E5 28.0 39.82 na E6 28.0 39.82 na E7 28.0 39.82 na R2 28.0 39.82 na E8 28.0 39.82 na E9 28.0 39.3 na E10 28.0 39.3 na Eli 28.0 39.3 na R3 28.0 39.3 na E12 28.0 39.3 na M4 25.0 40.1 na R4 28.0 16.8 37.01 na 102.21 Fl 28.0 16.8 35.99 na 100.79 F2 28.0 16.8 36.02 na 100.82 F3 28.0 36.35 na F4 28.0 16.8 36.69 na 101.76 LR4 28.0 41.88 na MS 25.0 39.83 na R5 28.0 37.15 na FS 28.0 16.8 35.11 na 99.54 F6 28.0 16.8 35.0 na 99.39 F7 28.0 16.8 35.04 na 99.45 F8 28.0 16.8 35.48 na 100.07 LR5 28.0 41.47 na . 25.0 39.74 na 28.0 36.58 na F9 28.0 16.8 35.39 na 99.94 F10 28.0 16.8 35.18 na 99.64 Fil 28.0 16.8 35.18 na 99.65 F12 28.0 16.8 35.47 na 100.06 LR6 28.0 42.03 na TOR 25.0 49.16 na A 25.0 47.6 na Ml 25.0 41.64 na M2 25.0 41.12 na M3 25.0 40.6 na LM4 25.0 45.57 na LM5 25.0 45.51 na BOR 0.75 61.61 na UG1 -3.0 63.96 na BF1 3.0 65.26 na BF2 -3.0 80.16 na TEST 3.0 79.73 na 250.0 0.001 0.001 35.0 0.001 0.001 35.0 0.001 0.001 35.0 0.001 0.001 35.0 0.001 0.001 35.0 0.001 0.001 35.0 0.001 0.001 35.0 0.001 0.001 35.0 0.001 0.001 35.0 0.001 0.001 35.0 0.001 0.001 35.0 0.001 0.001 35.0 The maximum velocity is 14.31 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes UG1 and BF1 Li Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 5 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/6/2016 yd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt ef. 'C' or Ftng's Pe Pv Notes ****** Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn El 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.833 40.344 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E2 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.833 0.0 Vel = 0 E2 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.833 40.344 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E3 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.833 0.0 Vel = 0 E3 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 5.250 40.344 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 Ri 0.0 0.0 0.0 21.724 0.0 Vel = 0 Ri 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 40.344 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 Mi 0.0 0.0001 0.0 19.474 0.001 Vel = 0 0.0 0.0 41.644 K Factor =0 E4 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 2.583 41.644 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 -1.299 Ri 0.0 -0.0001 0.0 19.057 -0.001 Vel = 0 0.0 0.0 40.344 K Factor = 0 E5 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.833 39.819 .120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 6 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.833 0.0 Vel = 0 E6 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.833 39.819 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E7 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.833 0.0 Vel = 0 E7 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 5.250 39.819 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R2 0.0 0.0 0.0 21.724 0.0 Vel = 0 R2 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 39.819 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 M2 0.0 0.0001 0.0 19.474 0.001 Vel = 0 0.0 0.0 41.119 K Factor =0 E8 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.583 39.819 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R2 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.057 0.0 Vel = 0 0.0 0.0 39.819 K Factor =0 E9 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.833 39.305 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E10 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.833 0.0 Vel = 0 E10 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.833 39.305 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Eli 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.833 0.0 Vel = 0 011 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 5.250 39.305 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R3 0.0 0.0 0.0 21.724 0.0 Vel = 0 R3 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 39.305 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 M3 0.0 0.0 0.0 19.474 0.0 Vel = 0 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 6 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/6/2016 Hyd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt ef. "C' or Ftng's Pe Pv ******* Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 0.0 0.0 40.604 K Factor =0 E12 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.583 39.305 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R3 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.057 0.0 Vel = 0 0.0 0.0 39.305 K Factor = 0 M4 -186.93 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 40.095 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 -1.299 R4 -186.93 -0.0917 0.0 19.474 -1.785 Vel = 11.00 R4 102.21 2.635 1 16.474 19.667 37.011 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 2V 11.807 28.281 0.0 Fl -84.72 -0.0212 0.0 47.948 -1.016 Vel = 4.98 Fl 100.79 2.635 2V 11.807 8.750 35.995 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 11.807 0.0 F2 16.07 0.0010 0.0 20.557 0.020 Vel = 0.95 F2 100.82 2.635 0.0 8.750 36.015 K Factor= 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F3 116.89 0.0385 0.0 8.750 0.337 Vel = 6.88 F3 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 36.352 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F4 116.89 0.0384 0.0 8.750 0.336 Vel = 6.88 F4 101.76 2.635 1 16.474 25.958 36.688 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 LR4 218.65 0.1225 0.0 42.432 5.196 Vel = 12.86 LR4 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 41.884 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 LM4 218.65 0.1225 0.0 19.474 2.385 Vel = 12.86 0.0 218.65 45.568 K Factor = 32.39 M5 -162.50 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 39.827 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 -1.299 R5 -162.5 -0.0708 0.0 19.474 -1.378 Vel = 9.56 R5 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 12.417 37.150 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 F5 -162.5 -0.0707 0.0 28.891 -2.043 Vel = 9.56 F5 99.54 2.635 0.0 8.750 35.107 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F6 -62.96 -0.0122 0.0 8.750 -0.107 Vel = 3.70 F6 99.39 2.635 0.0 8.750 35.000 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F7 36.43 0.0045 0.0 8.750 0.039 Vel = 2.14 F7 99.44 2.635 0.0 8.750 35.039 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 135.87 0.0507 0.0 8.750 0.444 Vel = 7.99 S8 8 100.08 2.635 T 16.474 25.958 35.483 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 LR5 235.95 0.1410 0.0 42.432 5.982 Vel = 13.88 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 7 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/6/2016 ,yd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt ef. "C" or Ftng's Pe Pv Notes Point Qt Pt/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pt Pn LR5 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 41.465 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 LMS 235.95 0.1410 0.0 19.474 2.746 Vel = 13.88 0.0 235.95 45.510 K Factor= 34.98 M6 -191.20 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 39.737 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 -1.299 R6 -191.2 -0.0956 0.0 19.474 -1.861 Vel = 11.25 R6 0.0 2.635 0.0 12.417 36.577 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F9 -191.2 -0.0955 0.0 12.417 -1.186 Vel = 11.25 F9 99.95 2.635 0.0 8.750 35.391 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F10 -91.25 -0.0243 0.0 8.750 -0.213 Vel = 5.37 F10 99.64 2.635 0.0 8.750 35.178 K Factor = 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Fli 8.39 0.0003 0.0 8.750 0.003 Vel = 0.49 Fil 99.64 2.635 0.0 8.750 35.181 K Factor= 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1:12 108.03 0.0331 0.0 8.750 0.290 Vel = 6.36 12 100.06 2.635 3E 24.711 34.000 35.471 K Factor= 16.80 to 120.0 0.0 24.711 0.0 LR6 208.09 0.1118 0.0 58.711 6.561 Vel = 12.24 LR6 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 42.032 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 12.127 LM6 208.09 0.1117 0.0 19.474 2.176 Vel = 12.24 0.0 208.09 56.335 K Factor 27.72 TOR -1203.32 6.357 T 37.72 2.000 49.162 to 120.0 0.0 37.720 0.0 A -1203.32 -0.0394 0.0 39.720 -1.565 Vel = 12.16 A 662.69 4.26 2E 26.334 68.167 47.597 to 120.0 0.0 26.334 0.0 Ml -540.63 -0.0630 0.0 94.501 -5.953 Vel = 12.17 Ml 0.0 4.26 0.0 8.333 41.644 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M2 -540.63 -0.0630 0.0 8.333 -0.525 Vel = 12.17 M2 0.0 4.26 0.0 8.167 41.119 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M3 -540.63 -0.0631 0.0 8.167 -0.515 Vel = 12.17 M3 0.0 4.26 0.0 8.083 40.604 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M4 -540.63 -0.0630 0.0 8.083 -0.509 Vel 12.17 M4 186.93 4.26 0.0 9.333 40.095 .120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5 -353.7 -0.0287 0.0 9.333 -0.268 Vel = 7.96 M5 162.50 4.26 0.0 9.750 39.827 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M6 -191.2 -0.0092 0.0 9.750 -0.090 Vel = 4.30 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 8 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/6/2016 Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt ,yd. ef. "C" or Ftngs Pe Pv Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 0.0 -191.20 39.737 K Factor = -30.33 A -662.69 6.357 2E 35.205 120.000 47.597 to 120.0 0.0 35.205 0.0 LM4 -662.69 -0.0131 0.0 155.205 -2.029 Vel = 6.70 LM4 218.65 6.357 0.0 9.333 45.568 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 LM5 -444.04 -0.0062 0.0 9.333 -0.058 Vel = 4.49 LM5 235.95 6.357 0.0 1.750 45.510 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 10.828 LM6 -208.09 -0.0017 0.0 1.750 -0.003 Vel = 2.10 0.0 -208.09 56.335 K Factor = -27.72 TOR 1203.32 6.357 2V 25.147 24.250 49.162 to 120.0 0.0 25.147 10.503 BOR 1203.32 0.0394 0.0 49.397 1.946 Vel = 12.16 BOR 0.0 6.16 L 12.911 8.000 61.611 to 140.0 0.0 12.911 1.624 UG1 1203.32 0.0345 0.0 20.911 0.722 Vel = 12.95 UG1 0.0 5.86 3L 34.508 66.167 63.957 110 150.0 0.0 34.508 -2.599 BF1 1203.32 0.0388 0.0 100.675 3.903 Vel = 14.31 BF1 0.0 6.16 3L 38.734 12.000 65.261 to 140.0 Zwd 0.0 38.734 13.144 * * Fixed Loss = 10.545 BF2 1203.32 0.0345 0.0 50.734 1.752 Vel = 12.95 BF2 0.0 5.86 G 3.834 13.750 80.157 to 150.0 T 38.342 42.176 -2.599 TEST 1203.32 0.0388 0.0 55.926 2.168 Vel = 14.31 250.00 Qa = 250.00 1453.32 79.726 K Factor= 162.77 C Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 - Fire Protection by Computer Design COSCO FIRE PROTECTION 4990 GREENCRAIG LANE SAN DIEGO CA, 92123 858-444-2000 Job Name : SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Building Location System : 3 Contract : 10.CA_5318 Data File : SAFC PH.2 CMA COOLER #3.WXF S Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 COSCO FIRE PROTECTION SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 (a HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Project name: SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Location: Drawing no: Date: 7/20/2016 Design Remote area number: 3 Remote area location: COLD ROOM 151 Occupancy classification: CSMA Density: .60 - Gpm/SqFt Area of application: 694 - SqFt Coverage per sprinkler: 100 - SqFt Type of sprinklers calculated: ELO No. of sprinklers calculated: 12 In-rack demand: NA - GPM Hose streams: 500 - GPM Total water required (including hose streams): 1202.73 -GPM Type of system: WET Volume of dry or preaction system: -Gal Water supply information Date: 4/29/2016 Location: ON SITE Source: MISSION CONSULTING / CARLSBAD FIRE Name of contractor: COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Address: 4990 GREENCRAIG LANE / SAN DIEGO / CA, 92123 Phone number: 858-444-2000 Name of designer: FELIPE Authority having jurisdiction: CARLSBAD FIRE Notes: (Include peaking information or gridded systems here.) Page 1 Date 7/20/2016 @ 55.705-Psi S Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Water Supp urveC COSCO FIRE OTECTION Page 2 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/20/2016 City Water Supply: Demand: Cl - Static Pressure : 108 Dl - Elevation : 2.599 C2 - Residual Pressure: 74.7 D2 - System Flow : 702.73 C2 - Residual Flow : 4175 D2 - System Pressure : 55.705 Hose ( Demand ) : 500 D3 - System Demand :1202.73 Safety Margin : 48.964 150 140 130 p120 Cl R° -------- E 100 90 S 80 U 70 -----)2 D60 9— -0 E5° 40 30 20 10 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 FLOW (N "1.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Fittings Use OCOTECTION ummary 0 COSCO FIRE Page 3 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/20/2016 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 1/2 1% 1Y2 2 21'2 3 3Y2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 E NFPA 13 90 Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 L NFPA 13 Long Turn Elbow 0.5 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 8 9 13 16 18 24 27 30 34 40 I NFPA139O Flow thruTee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 V 90' Ell Firelock #001 0 0 0 0 0 3.5 4.3 5 0 6.8 8.5 10 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 90Tee-BranchFirelock002 0 0 0 0 0 8.5 10.8 13 0 16 21 25 33 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Zwd Watts 709DCDA Fitting generates a Fixed Loss Based on Flow Units Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Note: Fitting Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with * The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values supplied by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustment. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFactors of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Pressure I Flow Summary - STANDARD COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 4 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/20/2016 . de Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press Actual Actual Req. Cl 9.0 11.5 27.29 na 60.07 0.6 93.333 7.0 1 28.0 26.52 na C2 9.0 11.5 25.44 na 58.01 0.6 35 7.0 2 28.0 24.29 na C3 9.0 11.5 25.55 na 58.13 0.6 93.333 7.0 3 28.0 24.35 na C4 9.0 11.5 25.86 na 58.48 0.6 93.333 7.0 4 28.0 24.73 na R7 28.0 26.72 na C5 9.0 11.5 26.27 na 58.94 0.6 40 7.0 5 28.0 25.31 na C6 9.0 11.5 23.71 na 56.0 0.6 93.333 7.0 6 28.0 22.46 na C7 9.0 11.5 24.09 na 56.44 0.6 58.5 7.0 7 28.0 22.51 na C8 9.0 11.5 24.27 na 56.66 0.6 64.458 7.0 8 28.0 22.74 na C9 9.0 11.5 24.67 na 57.12 0.6 71.458 7.0 9 28.0 23.32 na R8 28.0 25.54 na C1O 9.0 11.5 28.19 na 61.06 0.6 83.333 7.0 10 28.0 27.65 na Cli 9.0 11.5 28.02 na 60.87 0.6 56 7.0 11 28.0 27.44 na C12 9.0 11.5 28.09 na 60.94 0.6 80 7.0 12 28.0 27.52 na R9 28.0 27.86 na El 28.0 29.57 na E2 28.0 29.57 na is 28.0 29.57 na 28.0 29.57 na E4 25.0 30.87 na E5 28.0 29.7 na E6 28.0 29.7 na E7 28.0 29.7 na R2 28.0 29.7 na E8 28.0 29.7 na E9 28.0 29.82 na E10 28.0 29.82 na Eli 28.0 29.82 na R3 28.0 29.82 na E12 28.0 29.82 na M4 25.0 31.25 na R4 28.0 30.37 na Fl 28.0 31.0 na F2 28.0 31.19 na F3 28.0 31.38 na F4 28.0 31.57 na LR4 28.0 32.49 na MS 25.0 31.32 na R5 28.0 30.43 na F5 28.0 31.04 na F6 28.0 31.22 na F7 28.0 31.41 na F8 28.0 31.59 na LRS 28.0 32.49 na M6 25.0 31.34 na R6 28.0 30.45 na F9 28.0 30.71 na FlO 28.0 30.89 na 28.0 31.08 na ó11 2 28.0 31.26 na Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Flow Summary - Standard COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 5 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/20/2016 Sde Elevation K-Fact Pt Pn Flow Density Area Press Actual Actual Req. LR6 28.0 32.49 na TOR 25.0 35.04 na A 25.0 34.55 na M9 25.0 30.87 na M8 25.0 30.74 na M7 25.0 30.74 na Ml 25.0 30.87 na M2 25.0 31.0 na M3 25.0 31.12 na LM4 25.0 34.21 na LMS 25.0 34.2 na BOR 0.75 46.26 na UGI -3.0 48.16 na BF1 3.0 47.0 na BF2 -3.0 57.5 na TEST 3.0 55.7 na The maximum velocity is 16.78 and it occurs in the pipe between nodes R8 and M8 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 500.0 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 6 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/20/2016 Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt ,yd. ef. "C',or Ftng's Pe Pv Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn Ci 60.07 1.38 E 3.0 19.500 27.286 K Factor= 11.50 to 120.0 T 6.0 9.000 -8.229 1 60.07 0.2618 0.0 28.500 7.461 Vel = 12.89 1 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 1.792 26.518 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R7 60.07 0.0112 0.0 18.266 0.205 Vel = 3.53 0.0 60.07 26.723 K Factor= 11.62 C2 58.01 1.38 E 3.0 19.833 25.441 K Factor = 11.50 to 120.0 T 6.0 9.000 -8.229 2 58.01 0.2454 0.0 28.833 7.076 Vel = 12.44 2 0.0 2.635 0.0 5.583 24.288 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3 58.01 0.0104 0.0 5.583 0.058 Vel = 3.41 0.0 58.01 24.346 KFactor= 11.76 C3 58.13 1.38 E 3.0 19.500 25.553 K Factor= 11.50 to 120.0 T 6.0 9.000 -8.229 3 58.13 0.2464 0.0 28.500 7.022 Vel = 12.47 3 58.01 2.635 0.0 10.000 24.346 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4 116.14 0.0380 0.0 10.000 0.380 Vel = 6.83 0.0 116.14 24.726 K Factor= 23.36 C4 58.48 1.38 E 3.0 19.500 25.856 K Factor= 11.50 to 120.0 T 6.0 9.000 -8.229 4 58.48 0.2491 0.0 28.500 7.099 Vel = 12.54 4 116.13 2.635 1 16.474 8.250 24.726 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R7 174.61 0.0808 0.0 24.724 1.997 Vel = 10.27 R7 60.07 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 26.723 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 M7 234.68 0.1396 0.0 19.474 2.719 Vel = 13.81 0.0 234.68 30.741 K Factor= 42.33 C5 58.94 1.38 E 3.0 19.750 26.268 K Factor = 11.50 to 120.0 1 6.0 9.000 -8.229 5 58.94 0.2528 0.0 28.750 7.267 Vel = 12.64 5 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 5.417 25.306 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R8 58.94 0.0108 0.0 21.891 0.237 Vel = 3.47 0.0 58.94 25.543 KFactor= 11.66 C6 56.00 1.38 E 3.0 21.333 23.712 K Factor = 11.50 S 120.0 T 6.0 9.000 -8.229 56.0 0.2299 0.0 30.333 6.975 Vel = 12.01 6 0.0 2.635 0.0 5.000 22.458 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 7 56.0 0.0098 0.0 5.000 0.049 Vel = 3.29 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams cosco FIRE PROTECTION- Page 7 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/20/2016 Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt • yd. ef. 'C" or Ftngs Pe Pv Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 0.0 56.00 22.507 K Factor= 11.80 C7 56.44 1.38 E 3.0 19.500 24.087 K Factor = 11.50 to 120.0 T 6.0 9.000 -8.229 7 56.44 0.2333 0.0 28.500 6.649 Vel = 12.11 7 56.00 2.635 0.0 6.500 22.507 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 8 112.44 0.0358 0.0 6.500 0.233 Vet = 6.62 0.0 112.44 22.740 KFactor= 23.58 C8 56.66 1.38 E 3.0 19.500 24.273 K Factor = 11.50 to 120.0 T 6.0 9.000 -8.229 8 56.66 0.2349 0.0 28.500 6.696 Vet = 12.15 8 112.44 2.635 0.0 7.667 22.740 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 9 169.1 0.0760 0.0 7.667 0.583 Vet = 9.95 0.0 169.10 23.323 K Factor= 35.01 C9 57.12 1.38 E 3.0 19.833 24.674 K Factor= 11.50 ' 120.0 T 6.0 9.000 -8.229 57.12 0.2385 0.0 28.833 6.878 Vet = 12.25 9 169.10 2.635 T 16.474 0.542 23.323 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R8 226.22 0.1305 0.0 17.016 2.220 VeI = 13.31 R8 58.94 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 25.543 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 M8 285.16 0.2002 0.0 19.474 3.898 Vet = 16.78 0.0 285.16 30.740 K Factor= 51.43 C10 61.06 1.38 E 3.0 19.500 28.190 K Factor= 11.50 to 120.0 T 6.0 9.000 -8.229 10 61.06 0.2698 0.0 28.500 7.690 Vet = 13.10 10 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 1.792 27.651 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R9 61.06 0.0116 0.0 18.266 0.211 Vet = 3.59 0.0 61.06 27.862 KFactor= 11.57 Cli 60.87 1.38 E 3.0 19.500 28.021 K Factor = 11.50 to 120.0 T 6.0 9.000 -8.229 11 60.87 0.2683 0.0 28.500 7.647 Vet = 13.06 11 0.0 2.635 0.0 7.000 27.439 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 12 60.87 0.0116 0.0 7.000 0.081 Vet = 3.58 0.0 60.87 27.520 K Factor= 11.60 C12 60.94 1.38 E 3.0 19.500 28.085 K Factor = 11.50 to 120.0 1 6.0 9.000 -8.229 12 60.94 0.2689 0.0 28.500 7.664 Vet = 13.07 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 8 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/20/2016 Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt ,yd. ef. "C'.or Ftng's Pe Pv Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn 12 60.88 2.635 0.0 8.250 27.520 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 R9 121.82 0.0415 0.0 8.250 0.342 Vel = 7.17 R9 61.06 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 27.862 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 M9 182.88 0.0880 0.0 19.474 1.714 Vel = 10.76 0.0 182.88 30.875 KFactor= 32.91 El 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.833 29.567 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E2 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.833 0.0 Vel = 0 E2 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.833 29.567 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E3 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.833 0.0 Vel = 0 E3 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 5.250 29.567 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 Rl 0.0 0.0 0.0 21.724 0.0 Vel = 0 Rl 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 29.567 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 Ml 0.0 0.0 0.0 19.474 0.0 Vel = 0 0.0 0.0 30.866 K Factor = 0 E4 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 2.583 30.866 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 -1.299 Rl 0.0 0.0 0.0 19.057 0.0 Vel = 0 0.0 0.0 29.567 K Factor 0 E5 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.833 29.697 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E6 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.833 0.0 Vel = 0 E6 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.833 29.697 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E7 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.833 0.0 Vel = 0 E7 0.0 2.635 1 16.474 5.250 29.697 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R2 0.0 0.0 0.0 21.724 0.0 Vel = 0 R2 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 29.697 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 M2 0.0 0.0 0.0 19.474 0.0 Vel = 0 0.0 0.0 30.996 K Factor = 0 E8 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.583 29.697 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R2 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.057 0.0 Vel = 0 O 0.0 0.0 29.697 K Factor = 0 E9 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.833 29.825 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ElO 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.833 0.0 Vel = 0 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 9 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/20/2016 yd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt Wef. 11C., or Ftngs Pe Pv ******* Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn E10 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.833 29.825 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Ell 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.833 0.0 Vel = 0 Ell 0.0 2.635 1 16.474 5.250 29.825 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R3 0.0 0.0 0.0 21.724 0.0 Vel = 0 R3 0.0 2.635 1 16.474 3.000 29.825 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 M3 0.0 0.0 0.0 19.474 0.0 Vel = 0 0.0 0.0 31.124 K Factor 0 E12 0.0 2.635 1 16.474 3.583 29.825 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 R3 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.057 0.0 Vel = 0 0.0 0.0 29.825 K Factor = 0 M4 85.75 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 31.250 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 -1.299 R4 85.75 0.0217 0.0 19.474 0.422 Vel = 5.05 R4 0.0 2.635 1 16.474 12.417 30.373 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 Fl 85.75 0.0217 0.0 28.891 0.626 Vel = 5.05 Fl 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 30.999 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F2 85.75 0.0217 0.0 8.750 0.190 Vel = 5.05 F2 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 31.189 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F3 85.75 0.0217 0.0 8.750 0.190 Vel = 5.05 F3 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 31.379 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F4 85.75 0.0216 0.0 8.750 0.189 Vel = 5.05 F4 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 25.958 31.568 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 LR4 85.75 0.0217 0.0 42.432 0.920 Vel = 5.05 LR4 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 32.488 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 LM4 85.75 0.0217 0.0 19.474 0.422 Vel = 5.05 0.0 85.75 34.209 K Factor= 14.66 M5 84.52 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 31.319 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 -1.299 R5 84.52 0.0211 0.0 19.474 0.410 Vel = 4.97 R5 0.0 2.635 1 16.474 12.417 30.430 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 84.52 0.0211 0.0 28.891 0.610 Vel = 4.97 .5 5 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 31.040 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F6 84.52 0.0211 0.0 8.750 0.185 Vel = 4.97 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 10 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/20/2016 Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt • yd. ef. "C" or Ftng's Pe Pv. Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn F6 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 31.225 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F7 84.52 0.0210 0.0 8.750 0.184 Vet = 4.97 F7 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 31.409 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F8 84.52 0.0211 0.0 8.750 0.185 Vet = 4.97 F8 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 25.958 31.594 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 0.0 LR5 84.52 0.0211 0.0 42.432 0.895 Vet = 4.97 LR5 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 32.489 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 1.299 LM5 84.52 0.0212 0.0 19.474 0.412 Vet = 4.97 0.0 84.52 34.200 K Factor= 14.45 M6 84.26 2.635 1 16.474 3.000 31.338 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 -1.299 R6 84.26 0.0210 0.0 19.474 0.409 Vet = 4.96 R6 0.0 2.635 0.0 12.417 30.448 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F9 84.26 0.0209 00 12.417 0.260 Vet = 4.96 9 qo 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 30.708 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F10 84.26 0.0210 0.0 8.750 0.184 Vet = 4.96 F10 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 30.892 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Fil 84.26 0.0210 0.0 8.750 0.184 Vet = 4.96 Fli 0.0 2.635 0.0 8.750 31.076 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 F12 84.26 0.0209 0.0 8.750 0.183 Vet = 4.96 F12 0.0 2.635 3E 24.711 34.000 31.259 to 120.0 0.0 24.711 0.0 LR6 84.26 0.0210 0.0 58.711 1.232 Vet = 4.96 LR6 0.0 2.635 T 16.474 3.000 32.491 to 120.0 0.0 16.474 12.127 LM6 84.26 0.0210 0.0 19.474 0.408 Vet = 4.96 0.0 84.26 45.026 K Factor 12.56 TOR -702.72 6.357 X 31.433 2.000 35.042 to 120.0 0.0 31.433 0.0 A -702.72 -0.0146 0.0 33.433 -0.487 Vet = 7.10 A 254.53 4.26 X 21.067 43.667 34.555 to 120.0 2V 17.907 38.974 0.0 M9 -448.19 -0.0445 0.0 82.641 -3.680 Vet = 10.09 M9 182.88 4.26 0.0 8.000 30.875 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 W-8 -265.31 -0.0169 0.0 8.000 -0.135 Vet = 5.97 M8 285.16 4.26 0.0 8.500 30.740 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M7 19.85 0.0001 0.0 8.500 0.001 Vet = 0.45 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 11 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/20/2016 Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt ryd. ef. 11C., or Ftng's Pe Pv Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn M7 234.69 4.26 0.0 8.000 30.741 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Ml 254.54 0.0156 0.0 8.000 0.125 Vet = 5.73 Ml 0.0 4.26 0.0 8.333 30.866 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M2 254.54 0.0156 0.0 8.333 0.130 Vet = 5.73 M2 0.0 4.26 0.0 8.167 30.996 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M3 254.54 0.0157 0.0 8.167 0.128 Vet = 5.73 M3 0.0 4.26 0.0 8.083 31.124 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M4 254.54 0.0156 0.0 8.083 0.126 Vet = 5.73 M4 -85.76 4.26 0.0 9.333 31.250 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 MS 168.78 0.0074 0.0 9.333 0.069 Vet = 3.80 M5 -84.52 4.26 0.0 9.750 31.319 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M6 84.26 0.0019 0.0 9.750 0.019 Vet = 1.90 0.0 84.26 -254.54 6.357 2E 35.205 120.000 31.338 34.555 K Factor= 15.05 to 120.0 0.0 35.205 0.0 LM4 -254.54 -0.0022 0.0 155.205 -0.346 Vet = 2.57 LM4 85.76 6.357 0.0 9.333 34.209 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 LMS -168.78 -0.0010 0.0 9.333 -0.009 Vet = 1.71 LMS 84.52 6.357 0.0 1.750 34.200 to 120.0 0.0 0.0 10.828 LM6 -84.26 -0.0011 0.0 1.750 -0.002 Vet = 0.85 0.0 -84.26 45.026 K Factor = -12.56 TOR 702.72 6.357 2V 25.147 24.250 35.042 to 120.0 0.0 25.147 10.503 BOR 702.72 0.0146 0.0 49.397 0.719 Vet = 7.10 BOR 0.0 6.16 L 12.911 8.000 46.264 to 140.0 0.0 12.911 1.624 UG1 702.72 0.0128 0.0 20.911 0.267 Vet = 7.57 UG1 0.0 5.86 3L 34.508 66.167 48.155 to 150.0 0.0 34.508 -2.599 BF1 702.72 0.0143 0.0 100.675 1.443 Vet = 8.36 BFI 0.0 6.16 3L 38.734 12.000 46.999 to 140.0 Zwd 0.0 38.734 9.855 * * Fixed Loss = 7.257 BF2 702.72 0.0128 0.0 50.734 0.648 Vet = 7.57 BF2 0.0 5.86 G 3.834 13.750 57.502 O 150.0 T 38.342 42.176 -2.599 EST 702.72 0.0143 0.0 55.926 0.802 Vet = 8.36 500.00 Qa = 500.00 1202.72 55.705 K Factor = 161.15 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams COSCO FIRE PROTECTION Page 12 SAFC 6195 EXPANSION PH.2 Date 7/20/2016 •yd. Qa Dia. Fitting Pipe Pt Pt ef. "C'.or Ftng's Pe Pv Notes Point Qt Pf/Ft Eqv. Ln. Total Pf Pn Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Route 111 Windham N.H. USA 03087